1 //===--- SemaExprCXX.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions --------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 /// 10 /// \file 11 /// \brief Implements semantic analysis for C++ expressions. 12 /// 13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 16 #include "TreeTransform.h" 17 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 29 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 30 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 31 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 32 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 33 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 34 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 35 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/SemaLambda.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h" 38 #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h" 39 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" 40 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" 41 using namespace clang; 42 using namespace sema; 43 44 /// \brief Handle the result of the special case name lookup for inheriting 45 /// constructor declarations. 'NS::X::X' and 'NS::X<...>::X' are treated as 46 /// constructor names in member using declarations, even if 'X' is not the 47 /// name of the corresponding type. 48 ParsedType Sema::getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 49 SourceLocation NameLoc, 50 IdentifierInfo &Name) { 51 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep(); 52 53 // Convert the nested-name-specifier into a type. 54 QualType Type; 55 switch (NNS->getKind()) { 56 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 57 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: 58 Type = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0); 59 break; 60 61 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 62 // Strip off the last layer of the nested-name-specifier and build a 63 // typename type for it. 64 assert(NNS->getAsIdentifier() == &Name && "not a constructor name"); 65 Type = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS->getPrefix(), 66 NNS->getAsIdentifier()); 67 break; 68 69 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 70 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super: 71 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 72 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 73 llvm_unreachable("Nested name specifier is not a type for inheriting ctor"); 74 } 75 76 // This reference to the type is located entirely at the location of the 77 // final identifier in the qualified-id. 78 return CreateParsedType(Type, 79 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Type, NameLoc)); 80 } 81 82 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 83 IdentifierInfo &II, 84 SourceLocation NameLoc, 85 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 86 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 87 bool EnteringContext) { 88 // Determine where to perform name lookup. 89 90 // FIXME: This area of the standard is very messy, and the current 91 // wording is rather unclear about which scopes we search for the 92 // destructor name; see core issues 399 and 555. Issue 399 in 93 // particular shows where the current description of destructor name 94 // lookup is completely out of line with existing practice, e.g., 95 // this appears to be ill-formed: 96 // 97 // namespace N { 98 // template <typename T> struct S { 99 // ~S(); 100 // }; 101 // } 102 // 103 // void f(N::S<int>* s) { 104 // s->N::S<int>::~S(); 105 // } 106 // 107 // See also PR6358 and PR6359. 108 // For this reason, we're currently only doing the C++03 version of this 109 // code; the C++0x version has to wait until we get a proper spec. 110 QualType SearchType; 111 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 112 bool isDependent = false; 113 bool LookInScope = false; 114 115 if (SS.isInvalid()) 116 return ParsedType(); 117 118 // If we have an object type, it's because we are in a 119 // pseudo-destructor-expression or a member access expression, and 120 // we know what type we're looking for. 121 if (ObjectTypePtr) 122 SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectTypePtr); 123 124 if (SS.isSet()) { 125 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep(); 126 127 bool AlreadySearched = false; 128 bool LookAtPrefix = true; 129 // C++11 [basic.lookup.qual]p6: 130 // If a pseudo-destructor-name (5.2.4) contains a nested-name-specifier, 131 // the type-names are looked up as types in the scope designated by the 132 // nested-name-specifier. Similarly, in a qualified-id of the form: 133 // 134 // nested-name-specifier[opt] class-name :: ~ class-name 135 // 136 // the second class-name is looked up in the same scope as the first. 137 // 138 // Here, we determine whether the code below is permitted to look at the 139 // prefix of the nested-name-specifier. 140 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext); 141 if (DC && DC->isFileContext()) { 142 AlreadySearched = true; 143 LookupCtx = DC; 144 isDependent = false; 145 } else if (DC && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 146 LookAtPrefix = false; 147 LookInScope = true; 148 } 149 150 // The second case from the C++03 rules quoted further above. 151 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = nullptr; 152 if (AlreadySearched) { 153 // Nothing left to do. 154 } else if (LookAtPrefix && (Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())) { 155 CXXScopeSpec PrefixSS; 156 PrefixSS.Adopt(NestedNameSpecifierLoc(Prefix, SS.location_data())); 157 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(PrefixSS, EnteringContext); 158 isDependent = isDependentScopeSpecifier(PrefixSS); 159 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) { 160 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType); 161 isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType(); 162 } else { 163 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext); 164 isDependent = LookupCtx && LookupCtx->isDependentContext(); 165 } 166 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) { 167 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 168 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 169 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T 170 // of the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is 171 // also looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the 172 // lookups shall find a name that refers to (possibly 173 // cv-qualified) T. 174 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType); 175 isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType(); 176 assert((isDependent || !SearchType->isIncompleteType()) && 177 "Caller should have completed object type"); 178 179 LookInScope = true; 180 } else { 181 // Perform lookup into the current scope (only). 182 LookInScope = true; 183 } 184 185 TypeDecl *NonMatchingTypeDecl = nullptr; 186 LookupResult Found(*this, &II, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 187 for (unsigned Step = 0; Step != 2; ++Step) { 188 // Look for the name first in the computed lookup context (if we 189 // have one) and, if that fails to find a match, in the scope (if 190 // we're allowed to look there). 191 Found.clear(); 192 if (Step == 0 && LookupCtx) 193 LookupQualifiedName(Found, LookupCtx); 194 else if (Step == 1 && LookInScope && S) 195 LookupName(Found, S); 196 else 197 continue; 198 199 // FIXME: Should we be suppressing ambiguities here? 200 if (Found.isAmbiguous()) 201 return ParsedType(); 202 203 if (TypeDecl *Type = Found.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) { 204 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 205 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 206 207 if (SearchType.isNull() || SearchType->isDependentType() || 208 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType)) { 209 // We found our type! 210 211 return CreateParsedType(T, 212 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, NameLoc)); 213 } 214 215 if (!SearchType.isNull()) 216 NonMatchingTypeDecl = Type; 217 } 218 219 // If the name that we found is a class template name, and it is 220 // the same name as the template name in the last part of the 221 // nested-name-specifier (if present) or the object type, then 222 // this is the destructor for that class. 223 // FIXME: This is a workaround until we get real drafting for core 224 // issue 399, for which there isn't even an obvious direction. 225 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Found.getAsSingle<ClassTemplateDecl>()) { 226 QualType MemberOfType; 227 if (SS.isSet()) { 228 if (DeclContext *Ctx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext)) { 229 // Figure out the type of the context, if it has one. 230 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) 231 MemberOfType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 232 } 233 } 234 if (MemberOfType.isNull()) 235 MemberOfType = SearchType; 236 237 if (MemberOfType.isNull()) 238 continue; 239 240 // We're referring into a class template specialization. If the 241 // class template we found is the same as the template being 242 // specialized, we found what we are looking for. 243 if (const RecordType *Record = MemberOfType->getAs<RecordType>()) { 244 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec 245 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record->getDecl())) { 246 if (Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getCanonicalDecl() == 247 Template->getCanonicalDecl()) 248 return CreateParsedType( 249 MemberOfType, 250 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); 251 } 252 253 continue; 254 } 255 256 // We're referring to an unresolved class template 257 // specialization. Determine whether we class template we found 258 // is the same as the template being specialized or, if we don't 259 // know which template is being specialized, that it at least 260 // has the same name. 261 if (const TemplateSpecializationType *SpecType 262 = MemberOfType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 263 TemplateName SpecName = SpecType->getTemplateName(); 264 265 // The class template we found is the same template being 266 // specialized. 267 if (TemplateDecl *SpecTemplate = SpecName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 268 if (SpecTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() == Template->getCanonicalDecl()) 269 return CreateParsedType( 270 MemberOfType, 271 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); 272 273 continue; 274 } 275 276 // The class template we found has the same name as the 277 // (dependent) template name being specialized. 278 if (DependentTemplateName *DepTemplate 279 = SpecName.getAsDependentTemplateName()) { 280 if (DepTemplate->isIdentifier() && 281 DepTemplate->getIdentifier() == Template->getIdentifier()) 282 return CreateParsedType( 283 MemberOfType, 284 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); 285 286 continue; 287 } 288 } 289 } 290 } 291 292 if (isDependent) { 293 // We didn't find our type, but that's okay: it's dependent 294 // anyway. 295 296 // FIXME: What if we have no nested-name-specifier? 297 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), 298 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), 299 II, NameLoc); 300 return ParsedType::make(T); 301 } 302 303 if (NonMatchingTypeDecl) { 304 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(NonMatchingTypeDecl); 305 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch) 306 << T << SearchType; 307 Diag(NonMatchingTypeDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_destructor_type_here) 308 << T; 309 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) 310 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ident_in_dtor_not_a_type) 311 << &II; 312 else { 313 SemaDiagnosticBuilder DtorDiag = Diag(NameLoc, 314 diag::err_destructor_class_name); 315 if (S) { 316 const DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity(); 317 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) 318 DtorDiag << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), 319 Class->getNameAsString()); 320 } 321 } 322 323 return ParsedType(); 324 } 325 326 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType) { 327 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || !ObjectType) 328 return ParsedType(); 329 assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype 330 && "only get destructor types from declspecs"); 331 QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 332 QualType SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectType); 333 if (SearchType->isDependentType() || Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SearchType, T)) { 334 return ParsedType::make(T); 335 } 336 337 Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch) 338 << T << SearchType; 339 return ParsedType(); 340 } 341 342 bool Sema::checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 343 const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 344 assert(Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId); 345 346 if (!SS.isValid()) 347 return false; 348 349 switch (SS.getScopeRep()->getKind()) { 350 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 351 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 352 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: 353 // Per C++11 [over.literal]p2, literal operators can only be declared at 354 // namespace scope. Therefore, this unqualified-id cannot name anything. 355 // Reject it early, because we have no AST representation for this in the 356 // case where the scope is dependent. 357 Diag(Name.getLocStart(), diag::err_literal_operator_id_outside_namespace) 358 << SS.getScopeRep(); 359 return true; 360 361 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 362 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super: 363 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 364 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 365 return false; 366 } 367 368 llvm_unreachable("unknown nested name specifier kind"); 369 } 370 371 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with a type operand. 372 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 373 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 374 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 375 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 376 // C++ [expr.typeid]p4: 377 // The top-level cv-qualifiers of the lvalue expression or the type-id 378 // that is the operand of typeid are always ignored. 379 // If the type of the type-id is a class type or a reference to a class 380 // type, the class shall be completely-defined. 381 Qualifiers Quals; 382 QualType T 383 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(Operand->getType().getNonReferenceType(), 384 Quals); 385 if (T->getAs<RecordType>() && 386 RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid)) 387 return ExprError(); 388 389 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) 390 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) << T); 391 392 return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand, 393 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 394 } 395 396 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with an expression operand. 397 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 398 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 399 Expr *E, 400 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 401 bool WasEvaluated = false; 402 if (E && !E->isTypeDependent()) { 403 if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) { 404 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); 405 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 406 E = result.get(); 407 } 408 409 QualType T = E->getType(); 410 if (const RecordType *RecordT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { 411 CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordT->getDecl()); 412 // C++ [expr.typeid]p3: 413 // [...] If the type of the expression is a class type, the class 414 // shall be completely-defined. 415 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid)) 416 return ExprError(); 417 418 // C++ [expr.typeid]p3: 419 // When typeid is applied to an expression other than an glvalue of a 420 // polymorphic class type [...] [the] expression is an unevaluated 421 // operand. [...] 422 if (RecordD->isPolymorphic() && E->isGLValue()) { 423 // The subexpression is potentially evaluated; switch the context 424 // and recheck the subexpression. 425 ExprResult Result = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E); 426 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 427 E = Result.get(); 428 429 // We require a vtable to query the type at run time. 430 MarkVTableUsed(TypeidLoc, RecordD); 431 WasEvaluated = true; 432 } 433 } 434 435 // C++ [expr.typeid]p4: 436 // [...] If the type of the type-id is a reference to a possibly 437 // cv-qualified type, the result of the typeid expression refers to a 438 // std::type_info object representing the cv-unqualified referenced 439 // type. 440 Qualifiers Quals; 441 QualType UnqualT = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T, Quals); 442 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, UnqualT)) { 443 T = UnqualT; 444 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, UnqualT, CK_NoOp, E->getValueKind()).get(); 445 } 446 } 447 448 if (E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 449 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) 450 << E->getType()); 451 else if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && 452 E->HasSideEffects(Context, WasEvaluated)) { 453 // The expression operand for typeid is in an unevaluated expression 454 // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences. 455 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), WasEvaluated 456 ? diag::warn_side_effects_typeid 457 : diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context); 458 } 459 460 return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E, 461 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 462 } 463 464 /// ActOnCXXTypeidOfType - Parse typeid( type-id ) or typeid (expression); 465 ExprResult 466 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 467 bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 468 // Find the std::type_info type. 469 if (!getStdNamespace()) 470 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid)); 471 472 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) { 473 IdentifierInfo *TypeInfoII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("type_info"); 474 LookupResult R(*this, TypeInfoII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 475 LookupQualifiedName(R, getStdNamespace()); 476 CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); 477 // Microsoft's typeinfo doesn't have type_info in std but in the global 478 // namespace if _HAS_EXCEPTIONS is defined to 0. See PR13153. 479 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl && LangOpts.MSVCCompat) { 480 LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 481 CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); 482 } 483 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) 484 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid)); 485 } 486 487 if (!getLangOpts().RTTI) { 488 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_no_typeid_with_fno_rtti)); 489 } 490 491 QualType TypeInfoType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CXXTypeInfoDecl); 492 493 if (isType) { 494 // The operand is a type; handle it as such. 495 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr; 496 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr), 497 &TInfo); 498 if (T.isNull()) 499 return ExprError(); 500 501 if (!TInfo) 502 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc); 503 504 return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc); 505 } 506 507 // The operand is an expression. 508 return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc); 509 } 510 511 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with a type operand. 512 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 513 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 514 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 515 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 516 if (!Operand->getType()->isDependentType()) { 517 bool HasMultipleGUIDs = false; 518 if (!CXXUuidofExpr::GetUuidAttrOfType(Operand->getType(), 519 &HasMultipleGUIDs)) { 520 if (HasMultipleGUIDs) 521 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids)); 522 else 523 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid)); 524 } 525 } 526 527 return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand, 528 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 529 } 530 531 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with an expression operand. 532 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 533 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 534 Expr *E, 535 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 536 if (!E->getType()->isDependentType()) { 537 bool HasMultipleGUIDs = false; 538 if (!CXXUuidofExpr::GetUuidAttrOfType(E->getType(), &HasMultipleGUIDs) && 539 !E->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 540 if (HasMultipleGUIDs) 541 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids)); 542 else 543 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid)); 544 } 545 } 546 547 return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E, 548 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 549 } 550 551 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( type-id ) or __uuidof (expression); 552 ExprResult 553 Sema::ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 554 bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 555 // If MSVCGuidDecl has not been cached, do the lookup. 556 if (!MSVCGuidDecl) { 557 IdentifierInfo *GuidII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("_GUID"); 558 LookupResult R(*this, GuidII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 559 LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 560 MSVCGuidDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); 561 if (!MSVCGuidDecl) 562 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_ms_uuidof)); 563 } 564 565 QualType GuidType = Context.getTypeDeclType(MSVCGuidDecl); 566 567 if (isType) { 568 // The operand is a type; handle it as such. 569 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr; 570 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr), 571 &TInfo); 572 if (T.isNull()) 573 return ExprError(); 574 575 if (!TInfo) 576 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc); 577 578 return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc); 579 } 580 581 // The operand is an expression. 582 return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc); 583 } 584 585 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 586 ExprResult 587 Sema::ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) { 588 assert((Kind == tok::kw_true || Kind == tok::kw_false) && 589 "Unknown C++ Boolean value!"); 590 return new (Context) 591 CXXBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw_true, Context.BoolTy, OpLoc); 592 } 593 594 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 595 ExprResult 596 Sema::ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc) { 597 return new (Context) CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(Context.NullPtrTy, Loc); 598 } 599 600 /// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 601 ExprResult 602 Sema::ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex) { 603 bool IsThrownVarInScope = false; 604 if (Ex) { 605 // C++0x [class.copymove]p31: 606 // When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the 607 // copy/move construction of a class object [...] 608 // 609 // - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a 610 // non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or catch- 611 // clause parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the 612 // innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move 613 // operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be 614 // omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the 615 // exception object 616 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Ex->IgnoreParens())) 617 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) { 618 if (Var->hasLocalStorage() && !Var->getType().isVolatileQualified()) { 619 for( ; S; S = S->getParent()) { 620 if (S->isDeclScope(Var)) { 621 IsThrownVarInScope = true; 622 break; 623 } 624 625 if (S->getFlags() & 626 (Scope::FnScope | Scope::ClassScope | Scope::BlockScope | 627 Scope::FunctionPrototypeScope | Scope::ObjCMethodScope | 628 Scope::TryScope)) 629 break; 630 } 631 } 632 } 633 } 634 635 return BuildCXXThrow(OpLoc, Ex, IsThrownVarInScope); 636 } 637 638 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 639 bool IsThrownVarInScope) { 640 // Don't report an error if 'throw' is used in system headers. 641 if (!getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && 642 !getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OpLoc)) 643 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_exceptions_disabled) << "throw"; 644 645 if (getCurScope() && getCurScope()->isOpenMPSimdDirectiveScope()) 646 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_omp_simd_region_cannot_use_stmt) << "throw"; 647 648 if (Ex && !Ex->isTypeDependent()) { 649 QualType ExceptionObjectTy = Context.getExceptionObjectType(Ex->getType()); 650 if (CheckCXXThrowOperand(OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, Ex)) 651 return ExprError(); 652 653 // Initialize the exception result. This implicitly weeds out 654 // abstract types or types with inaccessible copy constructors. 655 656 // C++0x [class.copymove]p31: 657 // When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the 658 // copy/move construction of a class object [...] 659 // 660 // - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a 661 // non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or 662 // catch-clause 663 // parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the 664 // innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move 665 // operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be 666 // omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the 667 // exception object 668 const VarDecl *NRVOVariable = nullptr; 669 if (IsThrownVarInScope) 670 NRVOVariable = getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType(), Ex, false); 671 672 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeException( 673 OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, 674 /*NRVO=*/NRVOVariable != nullptr); 675 ExprResult Res = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 676 Entity, NRVOVariable, QualType(), Ex, IsThrownVarInScope); 677 if (Res.isInvalid()) 678 return ExprError(); 679 Ex = Res.get(); 680 } 681 682 return new (Context) 683 CXXThrowExpr(Ex, Context.VoidTy, OpLoc, IsThrownVarInScope); 684 } 685 686 static void 687 collectPublicBases(CXXRecordDecl *RD, 688 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> &SubobjectsSeen, 689 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &VBases, 690 llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> &PublicSubobjectsSeen, 691 bool ParentIsPublic) { 692 for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : RD->bases()) { 693 CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = BS.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 694 bool NewSubobject; 695 // Virtual bases constitute the same subobject. Non-virtual bases are 696 // always distinct subobjects. 697 if (BS.isVirtual()) 698 NewSubobject = VBases.insert(BaseDecl).second; 699 else 700 NewSubobject = true; 701 702 if (NewSubobject) 703 ++SubobjectsSeen[BaseDecl]; 704 705 // Only add subobjects which have public access throughout the entire chain. 706 bool PublicPath = ParentIsPublic && BS.getAccessSpecifier() == AS_public; 707 if (PublicPath) 708 PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(BaseDecl); 709 710 // Recurse on to each base subobject. 711 collectPublicBases(BaseDecl, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen, 712 PublicPath); 713 } 714 } 715 716 static void getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects( 717 CXXRecordDecl *RD, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &Objects) { 718 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> SubobjectsSeen; 719 llvm::SmallSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> VBases; 720 llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> PublicSubobjectsSeen; 721 SubobjectsSeen[RD] = 1; 722 PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(RD); 723 collectPublicBases(RD, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen, 724 /*ParentIsPublic=*/true); 725 726 for (CXXRecordDecl *PublicSubobject : PublicSubobjectsSeen) { 727 // Skip ambiguous objects. 728 if (SubobjectsSeen[PublicSubobject] > 1) 729 continue; 730 731 Objects.push_back(PublicSubobject); 732 } 733 } 734 735 /// CheckCXXThrowOperand - Validate the operand of a throw. 736 bool Sema::CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, 737 QualType ExceptionObjectTy, Expr *E) { 738 // If the type of the exception would be an incomplete type or a pointer 739 // to an incomplete type other than (cv) void the program is ill-formed. 740 QualType Ty = ExceptionObjectTy; 741 bool isPointer = false; 742 if (const PointerType* Ptr = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) { 743 Ty = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 744 isPointer = true; 745 } 746 if (!isPointer || !Ty->isVoidType()) { 747 if (RequireCompleteType(ThrowLoc, Ty, 748 isPointer ? diag::err_throw_incomplete_ptr 749 : diag::err_throw_incomplete, 750 E->getSourceRange())) 751 return true; 752 753 if (RequireNonAbstractType(ThrowLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, 754 diag::err_throw_abstract_type, E)) 755 return true; 756 } 757 758 // If the exception has class type, we need additional handling. 759 CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 760 if (!RD) 761 return false; 762 763 // If we are throwing a polymorphic class type or pointer thereof, 764 // exception handling will make use of the vtable. 765 MarkVTableUsed(ThrowLoc, RD); 766 767 // If a pointer is thrown, the referenced object will not be destroyed. 768 if (isPointer) 769 return false; 770 771 // If the class has a destructor, we must be able to call it. 772 if (!RD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) { 773 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD)) { 774 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor); 775 CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor, 776 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_exception) << Ty); 777 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc())) 778 return true; 779 } 780 } 781 782 // The MSVC ABI creates a list of all types which can catch the exception 783 // object. This list also references the appropriate copy constructor to call 784 // if the object is caught by value and has a non-trivial copy constructor. 785 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 786 // We are only interested in the public, unambiguous bases contained within 787 // the exception object. Bases which are ambiguous or otherwise 788 // inaccessible are not catchable types. 789 llvm::SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> UnambiguousPublicSubobjects; 790 getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects(RD, UnambiguousPublicSubobjects); 791 792 for (CXXRecordDecl *Subobject : UnambiguousPublicSubobjects) { 793 // Attempt to lookup the copy constructor. Various pieces of machinery 794 // will spring into action, like template instantiation, which means this 795 // cannot be a simple walk of the class's decls. Instead, we must perform 796 // lookup and overload resolution. 797 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = LookupCopyingConstructor(Subobject, 0); 798 if (!CD) 799 continue; 800 801 // Mark the constructor referenced as it is used by this throw expression. 802 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), CD); 803 804 // Skip this copy constructor if it is trivial, we don't need to record it 805 // in the catchable type data. 806 if (CD->isTrivial()) 807 continue; 808 809 // The copy constructor is non-trivial, create a mapping from this class 810 // type to this constructor. 811 // N.B. The selection of copy constructor is not sensitive to this 812 // particular throw-site. Lookup will be performed at the catch-site to 813 // ensure that the copy constructor is, in fact, accessible (via 814 // friendship or any other means). 815 Context.addCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(Subobject, CD); 816 817 // We don't keep the instantiated default argument expressions around so 818 // we must rebuild them here. 819 for (unsigned I = 1, E = CD->getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) { 820 // Skip any default arguments that we've already instantiated. 821 if (Context.getDefaultArgExprForConstructor(CD, I)) 822 continue; 823 824 Expr *DefaultArg = 825 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(ThrowLoc, CD, CD->getParamDecl(I)).get(); 826 Context.addDefaultArgExprForConstructor(CD, I, DefaultArg); 827 } 828 } 829 } 830 831 return false; 832 } 833 834 QualType Sema::getCurrentThisType() { 835 DeclContext *DC = getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 836 QualType ThisTy = CXXThisTypeOverride; 837 if (CXXMethodDecl *method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) { 838 if (method && method->isInstance()) 839 ThisTy = method->getThisType(Context); 840 } 841 if (ThisTy.isNull()) { 842 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(CurContext) && 843 CurContext->getParent()->getParent()->isRecord()) { 844 // This is a generic lambda call operator that is being instantiated 845 // within a default initializer - so use the enclosing class as 'this'. 846 // There is no enclosing member function to retrieve the 'this' pointer 847 // from. 848 QualType ClassTy = Context.getTypeDeclType( 849 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext->getParent()->getParent())); 850 // There are no cv-qualifiers for 'this' within default initializers, 851 // per [expr.prim.general]p4. 852 return Context.getPointerType(ClassTy); 853 } 854 } 855 return ThisTy; 856 } 857 858 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, 859 Decl *ContextDecl, 860 unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 861 bool Enabled) 862 : S(S), OldCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride), Enabled(false) 863 { 864 if (!Enabled || !ContextDecl) 865 return; 866 867 CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 868 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ContextDecl)) 869 Record = Template->getTemplatedDecl(); 870 else 871 Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ContextDecl); 872 873 S.CXXThisTypeOverride 874 = S.Context.getPointerType( 875 S.Context.getRecordType(Record).withCVRQualifiers(CXXThisTypeQuals)); 876 877 this->Enabled = true; 878 } 879 880 881 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::~CXXThisScopeRAII() { 882 if (Enabled) { 883 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 884 } 885 } 886 887 static Expr *captureThis(ASTContext &Context, RecordDecl *RD, 888 QualType ThisTy, SourceLocation Loc) { 889 FieldDecl *Field 890 = FieldDecl::Create(Context, RD, Loc, Loc, nullptr, ThisTy, 891 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ThisTy, Loc), 892 nullptr, false, ICIS_NoInit); 893 Field->setImplicit(true); 894 Field->setAccess(AS_private); 895 RD->addDecl(Field); 896 return new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit*/true); 897 } 898 899 bool Sema::CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit, 900 bool BuildAndDiagnose, const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt) { 901 // We don't need to capture this in an unevaluated context. 902 if (isUnevaluatedContext() && !Explicit) 903 return true; 904 905 const unsigned MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt ? 906 *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt : FunctionScopes.size() - 1; 907 // Otherwise, check that we can capture 'this'. 908 unsigned NumClosures = 0; 909 for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; idx != 0; idx--) { 910 if (CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = 911 dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) { 912 if (CSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0) { 913 // 'this' is already being captured; there isn't anything more to do. 914 break; 915 } 916 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI); 917 if (LSI && isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(LSI->CallOperator)) { 918 // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out. 919 if (BuildAndDiagnose) 920 Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture) << Explicit; 921 return true; 922 } 923 if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref || 924 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval || 925 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_Block || 926 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_CapturedRegion || 927 Explicit) { 928 // This closure can capture 'this'; continue looking upwards. 929 NumClosures++; 930 Explicit = false; 931 continue; 932 } 933 // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out. 934 if (BuildAndDiagnose) 935 Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture) << Explicit; 936 return true; 937 } 938 break; 939 } 940 if (!BuildAndDiagnose) return false; 941 // Mark that we're implicitly capturing 'this' in all the scopes we skipped. 942 // FIXME: We need to delay this marking in PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated 943 // contexts. 944 for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; NumClosures; 945 --idx, --NumClosures) { 946 CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]); 947 Expr *ThisExpr = nullptr; 948 QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType(); 949 if (LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)) 950 // For lambda expressions, build a field and an initializing expression. 951 ThisExpr = captureThis(Context, LSI->Lambda, ThisTy, Loc); 952 else if (CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI 953 = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) 954 ThisExpr = captureThis(Context, RSI->TheRecordDecl, ThisTy, Loc); 955 956 bool isNested = NumClosures > 1; 957 CSI->addThisCapture(isNested, Loc, ThisTy, ThisExpr); 958 } 959 return false; 960 } 961 962 ExprResult Sema::ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation Loc) { 963 /// C++ 9.3.2: In the body of a non-static member function, the keyword this 964 /// is a non-lvalue expression whose value is the address of the object for 965 /// which the function is called. 966 967 QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType(); 968 if (ThisTy.isNull()) return Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_this_use); 969 970 CheckCXXThisCapture(Loc); 971 return new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit=*/false); 972 } 973 974 bool Sema::isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType) { 975 // If we're outside the body of a member function, then we'll have a specified 976 // type for 'this'. 977 if (CXXThisTypeOverride.isNull()) 978 return false; 979 980 // Determine whether we're looking into a class that's currently being 981 // defined. 982 CXXRecordDecl *Class = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 983 return Class && Class->isBeingDefined(); 984 } 985 986 ExprResult 987 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 988 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 989 MultiExprArg exprs, 990 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 991 if (!TypeRep) 992 return ExprError(); 993 994 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 995 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(TypeRep, &TInfo); 996 if (!TInfo) 997 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Ty, SourceLocation()); 998 999 return BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, exprs, RParenLoc); 1000 } 1001 1002 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 1003 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 1004 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 1005 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 1006 ExprResult 1007 Sema::BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1008 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1009 MultiExprArg Exprs, 1010 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 1011 QualType Ty = TInfo->getType(); 1012 SourceLocation TyBeginLoc = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 1013 1014 if (Ty->isDependentType() || CallExpr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Exprs)) { 1015 return CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr::Create(Context, TInfo, LParenLoc, Exprs, 1016 RParenLoc); 1017 } 1018 1019 bool ListInitialization = LParenLoc.isInvalid(); 1020 assert((!ListInitialization || (Exprs.size() == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0]))) 1021 && "List initialization must have initializer list as expression."); 1022 SourceRange FullRange = SourceRange(TyBeginLoc, 1023 ListInitialization ? Exprs[0]->getSourceRange().getEnd() : RParenLoc); 1024 1025 // C++ [expr.type.conv]p1: 1026 // If the expression list is a single expression, the type conversion 1027 // expression is equivalent (in definedness, and if defined in meaning) to the 1028 // corresponding cast expression. 1029 if (Exprs.size() == 1 && !ListInitialization) { 1030 Expr *Arg = Exprs[0]; 1031 return BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, Arg, RParenLoc); 1032 } 1033 1034 QualType ElemTy = Ty; 1035 if (Ty->isArrayType()) { 1036 if (!ListInitialization) 1037 return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, 1038 diag::err_value_init_for_array_type) << FullRange); 1039 ElemTy = Context.getBaseElementType(Ty); 1040 } 1041 1042 if (!Ty->isVoidType() && 1043 RequireCompleteType(TyBeginLoc, ElemTy, 1044 diag::err_invalid_incomplete_type_use, FullRange)) 1045 return ExprError(); 1046 1047 if (RequireNonAbstractType(TyBeginLoc, Ty, 1048 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 1049 return ExprError(); 1050 1051 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo); 1052 InitializationKind Kind = 1053 Exprs.size() ? ListInitialization 1054 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TyBeginLoc) 1055 : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc) 1056 : InitializationKind::CreateValue(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc); 1057 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs); 1058 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs); 1059 1060 if (Result.isInvalid() || !ListInitialization) 1061 return Result; 1062 1063 Expr *Inner = Result.get(); 1064 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BTE = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(Inner)) 1065 Inner = BTE->getSubExpr(); 1066 if (!isa<CXXTemporaryObjectExpr>(Inner)) { 1067 // If we created a CXXTemporaryObjectExpr, that node also represents the 1068 // functional cast. Otherwise, create an explicit cast to represent 1069 // the syntactic form of a functional-style cast that was used here. 1070 // 1071 // FIXME: Creating a CXXFunctionalCastExpr around a CXXConstructExpr 1072 // would give a more consistent AST representation than using a 1073 // CXXTemporaryObjectExpr. It's also weird that the functional cast 1074 // is sometimes handled by initialization and sometimes not. 1075 QualType ResultType = Result.get()->getType(); 1076 Result = CXXFunctionalCastExpr::Create( 1077 Context, ResultType, Expr::getValueKindForType(TInfo->getType()), TInfo, 1078 CK_NoOp, Result.get(), /*Path=*/nullptr, LParenLoc, RParenLoc); 1079 } 1080 1081 return Result; 1082 } 1083 1084 /// doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize - Answers whether the usual 1085 /// operator delete[] for the given type has a size_t parameter. 1086 static bool doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc, 1087 QualType allocType) { 1088 const RecordType *record = 1089 allocType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAs<RecordType>(); 1090 if (!record) return false; 1091 1092 // Try to find an operator delete[] in class scope. 1093 1094 DeclarationName deleteName = 1095 S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete); 1096 LookupResult ops(S, deleteName, loc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); 1097 S.LookupQualifiedName(ops, record->getDecl()); 1098 1099 // We're just doing this for information. 1100 ops.suppressDiagnostics(); 1101 1102 // Very likely: there's no operator delete[]. 1103 if (ops.empty()) return false; 1104 1105 // If it's ambiguous, it should be illegal to call operator delete[] 1106 // on this thing, so it doesn't matter if we allocate extra space or not. 1107 if (ops.isAmbiguous()) return false; 1108 1109 LookupResult::Filter filter = ops.makeFilter(); 1110 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1111 NamedDecl *del = filter.next()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1112 1113 // C++0x [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2: 1114 // A template instance is never a usual deallocation function, 1115 // regardless of its signature. 1116 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(del)) { 1117 filter.erase(); 1118 continue; 1119 } 1120 1121 // C++0x [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2: 1122 // If class T does not declare [an operator delete[] with one 1123 // parameter] but does declare a member deallocation function 1124 // named operator delete[] with exactly two parameters, the 1125 // second of which has type std::size_t, then this function 1126 // is a usual deallocation function. 1127 if (!cast<CXXMethodDecl>(del)->isUsualDeallocationFunction()) { 1128 filter.erase(); 1129 continue; 1130 } 1131 } 1132 filter.done(); 1133 1134 if (!ops.isSingleResult()) return false; 1135 1136 const FunctionDecl *del = cast<FunctionDecl>(ops.getFoundDecl()); 1137 return (del->getNumParams() == 2); 1138 } 1139 1140 /// \brief Parsed a C++ 'new' expression (C++ 5.3.4). 1141 /// 1142 /// E.g.: 1143 /// @code new (memory) int[size][4] @endcode 1144 /// or 1145 /// @code ::new Foo(23, "hello") @endcode 1146 /// 1147 /// \param StartLoc The first location of the expression. 1148 /// \param UseGlobal True if 'new' was prefixed with '::'. 1149 /// \param PlacementLParen Opening paren of the placement arguments. 1150 /// \param PlacementArgs Placement new arguments. 1151 /// \param PlacementRParen Closing paren of the placement arguments. 1152 /// \param TypeIdParens If the type is in parens, the source range. 1153 /// \param D The type to be allocated, as well as array dimensions. 1154 /// \param Initializer The initializing expression or initializer-list, or null 1155 /// if there is none. 1156 ExprResult 1157 Sema::ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 1158 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 1159 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, SourceRange TypeIdParens, 1160 Declarator &D, Expr *Initializer) { 1161 bool TypeContainsAuto = D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType(); 1162 1163 Expr *ArraySize = nullptr; 1164 // If the specified type is an array, unwrap it and save the expression. 1165 if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0 && 1166 D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array) { 1167 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(0); 1168 if (TypeContainsAuto) 1169 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_new_array_of_auto) 1170 << D.getSourceRange()); 1171 if (Chunk.Arr.hasStatic) 1172 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_static_illegal_in_new) 1173 << D.getSourceRange()); 1174 if (!Chunk.Arr.NumElts) 1175 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_array_new_needs_size) 1176 << D.getSourceRange()); 1177 1178 ArraySize = static_cast<Expr*>(Chunk.Arr.NumElts); 1179 D.DropFirstTypeObject(); 1180 } 1181 1182 // Every dimension shall be of constant size. 1183 if (ArraySize) { 1184 for (unsigned I = 0, N = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I < N; ++I) { 1185 if (D.getTypeObject(I).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Array) 1186 break; 1187 1188 DeclaratorChunk::ArrayTypeInfo &Array = D.getTypeObject(I).Arr; 1189 if (Expr *NumElts = (Expr *)Array.NumElts) { 1190 if (!NumElts->isTypeDependent() && !NumElts->isValueDependent()) { 1191 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 1192 // C++1y [expr.new]p6: Every constant-expression in a noptr-new-declarator 1193 // shall be a converted constant expression (5.19) of type std::size_t 1194 // and shall evaluate to a strictly positive value. 1195 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 1196 assert(IntWidth && "Builtin type of size 0?"); 1197 llvm::APSInt Value(IntWidth); 1198 Array.NumElts 1199 = CheckConvertedConstantExpression(NumElts, Context.getSizeType(), Value, 1200 CCEK_NewExpr) 1201 .get(); 1202 } else { 1203 Array.NumElts 1204 = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(NumElts, nullptr, 1205 diag::err_new_array_nonconst) 1206 .get(); 1207 } 1208 if (!Array.NumElts) 1209 return ExprError(); 1210 } 1211 } 1212 } 1213 } 1214 1215 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, /*Scope=*/nullptr); 1216 QualType AllocType = TInfo->getType(); 1217 if (D.isInvalidType()) 1218 return ExprError(); 1219 1220 SourceRange DirectInitRange; 1221 if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) 1222 DirectInitRange = List->getSourceRange(); 1223 1224 return BuildCXXNew(SourceRange(StartLoc, D.getLocEnd()), UseGlobal, 1225 PlacementLParen, 1226 PlacementArgs, 1227 PlacementRParen, 1228 TypeIdParens, 1229 AllocType, 1230 TInfo, 1231 ArraySize, 1232 DirectInitRange, 1233 Initializer, 1234 TypeContainsAuto); 1235 } 1236 1237 static bool isLegalArrayNewInitializer(CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle Style, 1238 Expr *Init) { 1239 if (!Init) 1240 return true; 1241 if (ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 1242 return PLE->getNumExprs() == 0; 1243 if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init)) 1244 return true; 1245 else if (CXXConstructExpr *CCE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) 1246 return !CCE->isListInitialization() && 1247 CCE->getConstructor()->isDefaultConstructor(); 1248 else if (Style == CXXNewExpr::ListInit) { 1249 assert(isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 1250 "Shouldn't create list CXXConstructExprs for arrays."); 1251 return true; 1252 } 1253 return false; 1254 } 1255 1256 ExprResult 1257 Sema::BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 1258 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 1259 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 1260 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 1261 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 1262 QualType AllocType, 1263 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 1264 Expr *ArraySize, 1265 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 1266 Expr *Initializer, 1267 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 1268 SourceRange TypeRange = AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 1269 SourceLocation StartLoc = Range.getBegin(); 1270 1271 CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle initStyle; 1272 if (DirectInitRange.isValid()) { 1273 assert(Initializer && "Have parens but no initializer."); 1274 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::CallInit; 1275 } else if (Initializer && isa<InitListExpr>(Initializer)) 1276 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::ListInit; 1277 else { 1278 assert((!Initializer || isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Initializer) || 1279 isa<CXXConstructExpr>(Initializer)) && 1280 "Initializer expression that cannot have been implicitly created."); 1281 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::NoInit; 1282 } 1283 1284 Expr **Inits = &Initializer; 1285 unsigned NumInits = Initializer ? 1 : 0; 1286 if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) { 1287 assert(initStyle == CXXNewExpr::CallInit && "paren init for non-call init"); 1288 Inits = List->getExprs(); 1289 NumInits = List->getNumExprs(); 1290 } 1291 1292 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 1293 if (TypeMayContainAuto && AllocType->isUndeducedType()) { 1294 if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit || NumInits == 0) 1295 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_requires_ctor_arg) 1296 << AllocType << TypeRange); 1297 if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit || 1298 (NumInits == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Inits[0]))) 1299 return ExprError(Diag(Inits[0]->getLocStart(), 1300 diag::err_auto_new_list_init) 1301 << AllocType << TypeRange); 1302 if (NumInits > 1) { 1303 Expr *FirstBad = Inits[1]; 1304 return ExprError(Diag(FirstBad->getLocStart(), 1305 diag::err_auto_new_ctor_multiple_expressions) 1306 << AllocType << TypeRange); 1307 } 1308 Expr *Deduce = Inits[0]; 1309 QualType DeducedType; 1310 if (DeduceAutoType(AllocTypeInfo, Deduce, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) 1311 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_deduction_failure) 1312 << AllocType << Deduce->getType() 1313 << TypeRange << Deduce->getSourceRange()); 1314 if (DeducedType.isNull()) 1315 return ExprError(); 1316 AllocType = DeducedType; 1317 } 1318 1319 // Per C++0x [expr.new]p5, the type being constructed may be a 1320 // typedef of an array type. 1321 if (!ArraySize) { 1322 if (const ConstantArrayType *Array 1323 = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(AllocType)) { 1324 ArraySize = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Array->getSize(), 1325 Context.getSizeType(), 1326 TypeRange.getEnd()); 1327 AllocType = Array->getElementType(); 1328 } 1329 } 1330 1331 if (CheckAllocatedType(AllocType, TypeRange.getBegin(), TypeRange)) 1332 return ExprError(); 1333 1334 if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit && 1335 isStdInitializerList(AllocType, nullptr)) { 1336 Diag(AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 1337 diag::warn_dangling_std_initializer_list) 1338 << /*at end of FE*/0 << Inits[0]->getSourceRange(); 1339 } 1340 1341 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for the allocated 1342 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 1343 AllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 1344 AllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 1345 AllocType = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(AllocType, 1346 AllocType->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime()); 1347 } 1348 1349 QualType ResultType = Context.getPointerType(AllocType); 1350 1351 if (ArraySize && ArraySize->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) { 1352 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(ArraySize); 1353 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 1354 ArraySize = result.get(); 1355 } 1356 // C++98 5.3.4p6: "The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have 1357 // integral or enumeration type with a non-negative value." 1358 // C++11 [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] shall be of integral or unscoped 1359 // enumeration type, or a class type for which a single non-explicit 1360 // conversion function to integral or unscoped enumeration type exists. 1361 // C++1y [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] is implicitly converted to 1362 // std::size_t. 1363 if (ArraySize && !ArraySize->isTypeDependent()) { 1364 ExprResult ConvertedSize; 1365 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 1366 assert(Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth() && "Builtin type of size 0?"); 1367 1368 ConvertedSize = PerformImplicitConversion(ArraySize, Context.getSizeType(), 1369 AA_Converting); 1370 1371 if (!ConvertedSize.isInvalid() && 1372 ArraySize->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) 1373 // Diagnose the compatibility of this conversion. 1374 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion) 1375 << ArraySize->getType() << 0 << "'size_t'"; 1376 } else { 1377 class SizeConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1378 protected: 1379 Expr *ArraySize; 1380 1381 public: 1382 SizeConvertDiagnoser(Expr *ArraySize) 1383 : ICEConvertDiagnoser(/*AllowScopedEnumerations*/false, false, false), 1384 ArraySize(ArraySize) {} 1385 1386 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1387 QualType T) override { 1388 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_not_integral) 1389 << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << T; 1390 } 1391 1392 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete( 1393 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { 1394 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_incomplete_type) 1395 << T << ArraySize->getSourceRange(); 1396 } 1397 1398 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv( 1399 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override { 1400 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy; 1401 } 1402 1403 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv( 1404 Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override { 1405 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion) 1406 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; 1407 } 1408 1409 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous( 1410 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { 1411 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_ambiguous_conversion) << T; 1412 } 1413 1414 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous( 1415 Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override { 1416 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion) 1417 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; 1418 } 1419 1420 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1421 QualType T, 1422 QualType ConvTy) override { 1423 return S.Diag(Loc, 1424 S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 1425 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion 1426 : diag::ext_array_size_conversion) 1427 << T << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; 1428 } 1429 } SizeDiagnoser(ArraySize); 1430 1431 ConvertedSize = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, ArraySize, 1432 SizeDiagnoser); 1433 } 1434 if (ConvertedSize.isInvalid()) 1435 return ExprError(); 1436 1437 ArraySize = ConvertedSize.get(); 1438 QualType SizeType = ArraySize->getType(); 1439 1440 if (!SizeType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) 1441 return ExprError(); 1442 1443 // C++98 [expr.new]p7: 1444 // The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have integral type 1445 // with a non-negative value. 1446 // 1447 // Let's see if this is a constant < 0. If so, we reject it out of 1448 // hand. Otherwise, if it's not a constant, we must have an unparenthesized 1449 // array type. 1450 // 1451 // Note: such a construct has well-defined semantics in C++11: it throws 1452 // std::bad_array_new_length. 1453 if (!ArraySize->isValueDependent()) { 1454 llvm::APSInt Value; 1455 // We've already performed any required implicit conversion to integer or 1456 // unscoped enumeration type. 1457 if (ArraySize->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context)) { 1458 if (Value < llvm::APSInt( 1459 llvm::APInt::getNullValue(Value.getBitWidth()), 1460 Value.isUnsigned())) { 1461 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 1462 Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1463 diag::warn_typecheck_negative_array_new_size) 1464 << ArraySize->getSourceRange(); 1465 else 1466 return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1467 diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size) 1468 << ArraySize->getSourceRange()); 1469 } else if (!AllocType->isDependentType()) { 1470 unsigned ActiveSizeBits = 1471 ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, AllocType, Value); 1472 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 1473 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 1474 Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1475 diag::warn_array_new_too_large) 1476 << Value.toString(10) 1477 << ArraySize->getSourceRange(); 1478 else 1479 return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1480 diag::err_array_too_large) 1481 << Value.toString(10) 1482 << ArraySize->getSourceRange()); 1483 } 1484 } 1485 } else if (TypeIdParens.isValid()) { 1486 // Can't have dynamic array size when the type-id is in parentheses. 1487 Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), diag::ext_new_paren_array_nonconst) 1488 << ArraySize->getSourceRange() 1489 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getBegin()) 1490 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getEnd()); 1491 1492 TypeIdParens = SourceRange(); 1493 } 1494 } 1495 1496 // Note that we do *not* convert the argument in any way. It can 1497 // be signed, larger than size_t, whatever. 1498 } 1499 1500 FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = nullptr; 1501 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; 1502 1503 if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && 1504 !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(PlacementArgs) && 1505 FindAllocationFunctions(StartLoc, 1506 SourceRange(PlacementLParen, PlacementRParen), 1507 UseGlobal, AllocType, ArraySize, PlacementArgs, 1508 OperatorNew, OperatorDelete)) 1509 return ExprError(); 1510 1511 // If this is an array allocation, compute whether the usual array 1512 // deallocation function for the type has a size_t parameter. 1513 bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false; 1514 if (ArraySize && !AllocType->isDependentType()) 1515 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize 1516 = doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, AllocType); 1517 1518 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllPlaceArgs; 1519 if (OperatorNew) { 1520 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 1521 OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1522 VariadicCallType CallType = Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction 1523 : VariadicDoesNotApply; 1524 1525 // We've already converted the placement args, just fill in any default 1526 // arguments. Skip the first parameter because we don't have a corresponding 1527 // argument. 1528 if (GatherArgumentsForCall(PlacementLParen, OperatorNew, Proto, 1, 1529 PlacementArgs, AllPlaceArgs, CallType)) 1530 return ExprError(); 1531 1532 if (!AllPlaceArgs.empty()) 1533 PlacementArgs = AllPlaceArgs; 1534 1535 // FIXME: This is wrong: PlacementArgs misses out the first (size) argument. 1536 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(OperatorNew, PlacementLParen, PlacementArgs); 1537 1538 // FIXME: Missing call to CheckFunctionCall or equivalent 1539 } 1540 1541 // Warn if the type is over-aligned and is being allocated by global operator 1542 // new. 1543 if (PlacementArgs.empty() && OperatorNew && 1544 (OperatorNew->isImplicit() || 1545 getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OperatorNew->getLocStart()))) { 1546 if (unsigned Align = Context.getPreferredTypeAlign(AllocType.getTypePtr())){ 1547 unsigned SuitableAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getSuitableAlign(); 1548 if (Align > SuitableAlign) 1549 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_overaligned_type) 1550 << AllocType 1551 << unsigned(Align / Context.getCharWidth()) 1552 << unsigned(SuitableAlign / Context.getCharWidth()); 1553 } 1554 } 1555 1556 QualType InitType = AllocType; 1557 // Array 'new' can't have any initializers except empty parentheses. 1558 // Initializer lists are also allowed, in C++11. Rely on the parser for the 1559 // dialect distinction. 1560 if (ResultType->isArrayType() || ArraySize) { 1561 if (!isLegalArrayNewInitializer(initStyle, Initializer)) { 1562 SourceRange InitRange(Inits[0]->getLocStart(), 1563 Inits[NumInits - 1]->getLocEnd()); 1564 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_new_array_init_args) << InitRange; 1565 return ExprError(); 1566 } 1567 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast_or_null<InitListExpr>(Initializer)) { 1568 // We do the initialization typechecking against the array type 1569 // corresponding to the number of initializers + 1 (to also check 1570 // default-initialization). 1571 unsigned NumElements = ILE->getNumInits() + 1; 1572 InitType = Context.getConstantArrayType(AllocType, 1573 llvm::APInt(Context.getTypeSize(Context.getSizeType()), NumElements), 1574 ArrayType::Normal, 0); 1575 } 1576 } 1577 1578 // If we can perform the initialization, and we've not already done so, 1579 // do it now. 1580 if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && 1581 !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments( 1582 llvm::makeArrayRef(Inits, NumInits))) { 1583 // C++11 [expr.new]p15: 1584 // A new-expression that creates an object of type T initializes that 1585 // object as follows: 1586 InitializationKind Kind 1587 // - If the new-initializer is omitted, the object is default- 1588 // initialized (8.5); if no initialization is performed, 1589 // the object has indeterminate value 1590 = initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit 1591 ? InitializationKind::CreateDefault(TypeRange.getBegin()) 1592 // - Otherwise, the new-initializer is interpreted according to the 1593 // initialization rules of 8.5 for direct-initialization. 1594 : initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit 1595 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TypeRange.getBegin()) 1596 : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TypeRange.getBegin(), 1597 DirectInitRange.getBegin(), 1598 DirectInitRange.getEnd()); 1599 1600 InitializedEntity Entity 1601 = InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, InitType); 1602 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits)); 1603 ExprResult FullInit = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 1604 MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits)); 1605 if (FullInit.isInvalid()) 1606 return ExprError(); 1607 1608 // FullInit is our initializer; strip off CXXBindTemporaryExprs, because 1609 // we don't want the initialized object to be destructed. 1610 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Binder = 1611 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(FullInit.get())) 1612 FullInit = Binder->getSubExpr(); 1613 1614 Initializer = FullInit.get(); 1615 } 1616 1617 // Mark the new and delete operators as referenced. 1618 if (OperatorNew) { 1619 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorNew, StartLoc)) 1620 return ExprError(); 1621 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorNew); 1622 } 1623 if (OperatorDelete) { 1624 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorDelete, StartLoc)) 1625 return ExprError(); 1626 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete); 1627 } 1628 1629 // C++0x [expr.new]p17: 1630 // If the new expression creates an array of objects of class type, 1631 // access and ambiguity control are done for the destructor. 1632 QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType); 1633 if (ArraySize && !BaseAllocType->isDependentType()) { 1634 if (const RecordType *BaseRecordType = BaseAllocType->getAs<RecordType>()) { 1635 if (CXXDestructorDecl *dtor = LookupDestructor( 1636 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRecordType->getDecl()))) { 1637 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, dtor); 1638 CheckDestructorAccess(StartLoc, dtor, 1639 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) 1640 << BaseAllocType); 1641 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(dtor, StartLoc)) 1642 return ExprError(); 1643 } 1644 } 1645 } 1646 1647 return new (Context) 1648 CXXNewExpr(Context, UseGlobal, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete, 1649 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, PlacementArgs, TypeIdParens, 1650 ArraySize, initStyle, Initializer, ResultType, AllocTypeInfo, 1651 Range, DirectInitRange); 1652 } 1653 1654 /// \brief Checks that a type is suitable as the allocated type 1655 /// in a new-expression. 1656 bool Sema::CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 1657 SourceRange R) { 1658 // C++ 5.3.4p1: "[The] type shall be a complete object type, but not an 1659 // abstract class type or array thereof. 1660 if (AllocType->isFunctionType()) 1661 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type) 1662 << AllocType << 0 << R; 1663 else if (AllocType->isReferenceType()) 1664 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type) 1665 << AllocType << 1 << R; 1666 else if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && 1667 RequireCompleteType(Loc, AllocType, diag::err_new_incomplete_type,R)) 1668 return true; 1669 else if (RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, AllocType, 1670 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 1671 return true; 1672 else if (AllocType->isVariablyModifiedType()) 1673 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_variably_modified_new_type) 1674 << AllocType; 1675 else if (unsigned AddressSpace = AllocType.getAddressSpace()) 1676 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_address_space_qualified_new) 1677 << AllocType.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace; 1678 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) { 1679 if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(AllocType)) { 1680 QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AT); 1681 if (BaseAllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 1682 BaseAllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) 1683 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_new_array_without_ownership) 1684 << BaseAllocType; 1685 } 1686 } 1687 1688 return false; 1689 } 1690 1691 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is a non-placement 1692 /// deallocation function. 1693 static bool isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 1694 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 1695 return false; 1696 1697 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 1698 return Method->isUsualDeallocationFunction(); 1699 1700 if (FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Delete && 1701 FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Array_Delete) 1702 return false; 1703 1704 if (FD->getNumParams() == 1) 1705 return true; 1706 1707 return S.getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && FD->getNumParams() == 2 && 1708 S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FD->getParamDecl(1)->getType(), 1709 S.Context.getSizeType()); 1710 } 1711 1712 /// FindAllocationFunctions - Finds the overloads of operator new and delete 1713 /// that are appropriate for the allocation. 1714 bool Sema::FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 1715 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, 1716 bool IsArray, MultiExprArg PlaceArgs, 1717 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 1718 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete) { 1719 // --- Choosing an allocation function --- 1720 // C++ 5.3.4p8 - 14 & 18 1721 // 1) If UseGlobal is true, only look in the global scope. Else, also look 1722 // in the scope of the allocated class. 1723 // 2) If an array size is given, look for operator new[], else look for 1724 // operator new. 1725 // 3) The first argument is always size_t. Append the arguments from the 1726 // placement form. 1727 1728 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> AllocArgs(1 + PlaceArgs.size()); 1729 // We don't care about the actual value of this argument. 1730 // FIXME: Should the Sema create the expression and embed it in the syntax 1731 // tree? Or should the consumer just recalculate the value? 1732 IntegerLiteral Size(Context, llvm::APInt::getNullValue( 1733 Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0)), 1734 Context.getSizeType(), 1735 SourceLocation()); 1736 AllocArgs[0] = &Size; 1737 std::copy(PlaceArgs.begin(), PlaceArgs.end(), AllocArgs.begin() + 1); 1738 1739 // C++ [expr.new]p8: 1740 // If the allocated type is a non-array type, the allocation 1741 // function's name is operator new and the deallocation function's 1742 // name is operator delete. If the allocated type is an array 1743 // type, the allocation function's name is operator new[] and the 1744 // deallocation function's name is operator delete[]. 1745 DeclarationName NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 1746 IsArray ? OO_Array_New : OO_New); 1747 DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 1748 IsArray ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete); 1749 1750 QualType AllocElemType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType); 1751 1752 if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) { 1753 CXXRecordDecl *Record 1754 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 1755 if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, Record, 1756 /*AllowMissing=*/true, OperatorNew)) 1757 return true; 1758 } 1759 1760 if (!OperatorNew) { 1761 // Didn't find a member overload. Look for a global one. 1762 DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 1763 DeclContext *TUDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1764 bool FallbackEnabled = IsArray && Context.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat; 1765 if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, TUDecl, 1766 /*AllowMissing=*/FallbackEnabled, OperatorNew, 1767 /*Diagnose=*/!FallbackEnabled)) { 1768 if (!FallbackEnabled) 1769 return true; 1770 1771 // MSVC will fall back on trying to find a matching global operator new 1772 // if operator new[] cannot be found. Also, MSVC will leak by not 1773 // generating a call to operator delete or operator delete[], but we 1774 // will not replicate that bug. 1775 NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New); 1776 DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete); 1777 if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, TUDecl, 1778 /*AllowMissing=*/false, OperatorNew)) 1779 return true; 1780 } 1781 } 1782 1783 // We don't need an operator delete if we're running under 1784 // -fno-exceptions. 1785 if (!getLangOpts().Exceptions) { 1786 OperatorDelete = nullptr; 1787 return false; 1788 } 1789 1790 // C++ [expr.new]p19: 1791 // 1792 // If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the 1793 // deallocation function's name is looked up in the global 1794 // scope. Otherwise, if the allocated type is a class type T or an 1795 // array thereof, the deallocation function's name is looked up in 1796 // the scope of T. If this lookup fails to find the name, or if 1797 // the allocated type is not a class type or array thereof, the 1798 // deallocation function's name is looked up in the global scope. 1799 LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, DeleteName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1800 if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) { 1801 CXXRecordDecl *RD 1802 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 1803 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, RD); 1804 } 1805 if (FoundDelete.isAmbiguous()) 1806 return true; // FIXME: clean up expressions? 1807 1808 if (FoundDelete.empty()) { 1809 DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 1810 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 1811 } 1812 1813 FoundDelete.suppressDiagnostics(); 1814 1815 SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair,FunctionDecl*>, 2> Matches; 1816 1817 // Whether we're looking for a placement operator delete is dictated 1818 // by whether we selected a placement operator new, not by whether 1819 // we had explicit placement arguments. This matters for things like 1820 // struct A { void *operator new(size_t, int = 0); ... }; 1821 // A *a = new A() 1822 bool isPlacementNew = (!PlaceArgs.empty() || OperatorNew->param_size() != 1); 1823 1824 if (isPlacementNew) { 1825 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 1826 // A declaration of a placement deallocation function matches the 1827 // declaration of a placement allocation function if it has the 1828 // same number of parameters and, after parameter transformations 1829 // (8.3.5), all parameter types except the first are 1830 // identical. [...] 1831 // 1832 // To perform this comparison, we compute the function type that 1833 // the deallocation function should have, and use that type both 1834 // for template argument deduction and for comparison purposes. 1835 // 1836 // FIXME: this comparison should ignore CC and the like. 1837 QualType ExpectedFunctionType; 1838 { 1839 const FunctionProtoType *Proto 1840 = OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1841 1842 SmallVector<QualType, 4> ArgTypes; 1843 ArgTypes.push_back(Context.VoidPtrTy); 1844 for (unsigned I = 1, N = Proto->getNumParams(); I < N; ++I) 1845 ArgTypes.push_back(Proto->getParamType(I)); 1846 1847 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 1848 EPI.Variadic = Proto->isVariadic(); 1849 1850 ExpectedFunctionType 1851 = Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, ArgTypes, EPI); 1852 } 1853 1854 for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(), 1855 DEnd = FoundDelete.end(); 1856 D != DEnd; ++D) { 1857 FunctionDecl *Fn = nullptr; 1858 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTmpl 1859 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) { 1860 // Perform template argument deduction to try to match the 1861 // expected function type. 1862 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(StartLoc); 1863 if (DeduceTemplateArguments(FnTmpl, nullptr, ExpectedFunctionType, Fn, 1864 Info)) 1865 continue; 1866 } else 1867 Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl()); 1868 1869 if (Context.hasSameType(Fn->getType(), ExpectedFunctionType)) 1870 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn)); 1871 } 1872 } else { 1873 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 1874 // [...] Any non-placement deallocation function matches a 1875 // non-placement allocation function. [...] 1876 for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(), 1877 DEnd = FoundDelete.end(); 1878 D != DEnd; ++D) { 1879 if (FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) 1880 if (isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, Fn)) 1881 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn)); 1882 } 1883 1884 // C++1y [expr.new]p22: 1885 // For a non-placement allocation function, the normal deallocation 1886 // function lookup is used 1887 // C++1y [expr.delete]p?: 1888 // If [...] deallocation function lookup finds both a usual deallocation 1889 // function with only a pointer parameter and a usual deallocation 1890 // function with both a pointer parameter and a size parameter, then the 1891 // selected deallocation function shall be the one with two parameters. 1892 // Otherwise, the selected deallocation function shall be the function 1893 // with one parameter. 1894 if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && Matches.size() == 2) { 1895 if (Matches[0].second->getNumParams() == 1) 1896 Matches.erase(Matches.begin()); 1897 else 1898 Matches.erase(Matches.begin() + 1); 1899 assert(Matches[0].second->getNumParams() == 2 && 1900 "found an unexpected usual deallocation function"); 1901 } 1902 } 1903 1904 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 1905 // [...] If the lookup finds a single matching deallocation 1906 // function, that function will be called; otherwise, no 1907 // deallocation function will be called. 1908 if (Matches.size() == 1) { 1909 OperatorDelete = Matches[0].second; 1910 1911 // C++0x [expr.new]p20: 1912 // If the lookup finds the two-parameter form of a usual 1913 // deallocation function (3.7.4.2) and that function, considered 1914 // as a placement deallocation function, would have been 1915 // selected as a match for the allocation function, the program 1916 // is ill-formed. 1917 if (!PlaceArgs.empty() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 1918 isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, OperatorDelete)) { 1919 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_placement_new_non_placement_delete) 1920 << SourceRange(PlaceArgs.front()->getLocStart(), 1921 PlaceArgs.back()->getLocEnd()); 1922 if (!OperatorDelete->isImplicit()) 1923 Diag(OperatorDelete->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1924 << DeleteName; 1925 } else { 1926 CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, FoundDelete.getNamingClass(), 1927 Matches[0].first); 1928 } 1929 } 1930 1931 return false; 1932 } 1933 1934 /// \brief Find an fitting overload for the allocation function 1935 /// in the specified scope. 1936 /// 1937 /// \param StartLoc The location of the 'new' token. 1938 /// \param Range The range of the placement arguments. 1939 /// \param Name The name of the function ('operator new' or 'operator new[]'). 1940 /// \param Args The placement arguments specified. 1941 /// \param Ctx The scope in which we should search; either a class scope or the 1942 /// translation unit. 1943 /// \param AllowMissing If \c true, report an error if we can't find any 1944 /// allocation functions. Otherwise, succeed but don't fill in \p 1945 /// Operator. 1946 /// \param Operator Filled in with the found allocation function. Unchanged if 1947 /// no allocation function was found. 1948 /// \param Diagnose If \c true, issue errors if the allocation function is not 1949 /// usable. 1950 bool Sema::FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 1951 DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args, 1952 DeclContext *Ctx, 1953 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 1954 bool Diagnose) { 1955 LookupResult R(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1956 LookupQualifiedName(R, Ctx); 1957 if (R.empty()) { 1958 if (AllowMissing || !Diagnose) 1959 return false; 1960 return Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call) 1961 << Name << Range; 1962 } 1963 1964 if (R.isAmbiguous()) 1965 return true; 1966 1967 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 1968 1969 OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(StartLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); 1970 for (LookupResult::iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end(); 1971 Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) { 1972 // Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as 1973 // static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate. 1974 NamedDecl *D = (*Alloc)->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1975 1976 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 1977 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, Alloc.getPair(), 1978 /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, 1979 Args, Candidates, 1980 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false); 1981 continue; 1982 } 1983 1984 FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 1985 AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, Alloc.getPair(), Args, Candidates, 1986 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false); 1987 } 1988 1989 // Do the resolution. 1990 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; 1991 switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(*this, StartLoc, Best)) { 1992 case OR_Success: { 1993 // Got one! 1994 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function; 1995 if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, R.getNamingClass(), 1996 Best->FoundDecl, Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible) 1997 return true; 1998 1999 Operator = FnDecl; 2000 return false; 2001 } 2002 2003 case OR_No_Viable_Function: 2004 if (Diagnose) { 2005 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call) 2006 << Name << Range; 2007 Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); 2008 } 2009 return true; 2010 2011 case OR_Ambiguous: 2012 if (Diagnose) { 2013 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) 2014 << Name << Range; 2015 Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args); 2016 } 2017 return true; 2018 2019 case OR_Deleted: { 2020 if (Diagnose) { 2021 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_call) 2022 << Best->Function->isDeleted() 2023 << Name 2024 << getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function) 2025 << Range; 2026 Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); 2027 } 2028 return true; 2029 } 2030 } 2031 llvm_unreachable("Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction"); 2032 } 2033 2034 2035 /// DeclareGlobalNewDelete - Declare the global forms of operator new and 2036 /// delete. These are: 2037 /// @code 2038 /// // C++03: 2039 /// void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2040 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2041 /// void operator delete(void *) throw(); 2042 /// void operator delete[](void *) throw(); 2043 /// // C++11: 2044 /// void* operator new(std::size_t); 2045 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2046 /// void operator delete(void *) noexcept; 2047 /// void operator delete[](void *) noexcept; 2048 /// // C++1y: 2049 /// void* operator new(std::size_t); 2050 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2051 /// void operator delete(void *) noexcept; 2052 /// void operator delete[](void *) noexcept; 2053 /// void operator delete(void *, std::size_t) noexcept; 2054 /// void operator delete[](void *, std::size_t) noexcept; 2055 /// @endcode 2056 /// Note that the placement and nothrow forms of new are *not* implicitly 2057 /// declared. Their use requires including \<new\>. 2058 void Sema::DeclareGlobalNewDelete() { 2059 if (GlobalNewDeleteDeclared) 2060 return; 2061 2062 // C++ [basic.std.dynamic]p2: 2063 // [...] The following allocation and deallocation functions (18.4) are 2064 // implicitly declared in global scope in each translation unit of a 2065 // program 2066 // 2067 // C++03: 2068 // void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2069 // void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2070 // void operator delete(void*) throw(); 2071 // void operator delete[](void*) throw(); 2072 // C++11: 2073 // void* operator new(std::size_t); 2074 // void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2075 // void operator delete(void*) noexcept; 2076 // void operator delete[](void*) noexcept; 2077 // C++1y: 2078 // void* operator new(std::size_t); 2079 // void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2080 // void operator delete(void*) noexcept; 2081 // void operator delete[](void*) noexcept; 2082 // void operator delete(void*, std::size_t) noexcept; 2083 // void operator delete[](void*, std::size_t) noexcept; 2084 // 2085 // These implicit declarations introduce only the function names operator 2086 // new, operator new[], operator delete, operator delete[]. 2087 // 2088 // Here, we need to refer to std::bad_alloc, so we will implicitly declare 2089 // "std" or "bad_alloc" as necessary to form the exception specification. 2090 // However, we do not make these implicit declarations visible to name 2091 // lookup. 2092 if (!StdBadAlloc && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 2093 // The "std::bad_alloc" class has not yet been declared, so build it 2094 // implicitly. 2095 StdBadAlloc = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, TTK_Class, 2096 getOrCreateStdNamespace(), 2097 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 2098 &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("bad_alloc"), 2099 nullptr); 2100 getStdBadAlloc()->setImplicit(true); 2101 } 2102 2103 GlobalNewDeleteDeclared = true; 2104 2105 QualType VoidPtr = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy); 2106 QualType SizeT = Context.getSizeType(); 2107 bool AssumeSaneOperatorNew = getLangOpts().AssumeSaneOperatorNew; 2108 2109 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2110 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New), 2111 VoidPtr, SizeT, QualType(), AssumeSaneOperatorNew); 2112 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2113 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_New), 2114 VoidPtr, SizeT, QualType(), AssumeSaneOperatorNew); 2115 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2116 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete), 2117 Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr); 2118 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2119 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete), 2120 Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr); 2121 if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation) { 2122 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2123 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete), 2124 Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr, Context.getSizeType()); 2125 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2126 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete), 2127 Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr, Context.getSizeType()); 2128 } 2129 } 2130 2131 /// DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction - Declares a single implicit global 2132 /// allocation function if it doesn't already exist. 2133 void Sema::DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, 2134 QualType Return, 2135 QualType Param1, QualType Param2, 2136 bool AddRestrictAttr) { 2137 DeclContext *GlobalCtx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 2138 unsigned NumParams = Param2.isNull() ? 1 : 2; 2139 2140 // Check if this function is already declared. 2141 DeclContext::lookup_result R = GlobalCtx->lookup(Name); 2142 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end(); 2143 Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) { 2144 // Only look at non-template functions, as it is the predefined, 2145 // non-templated allocation function we are trying to declare here. 2146 if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Alloc)) { 2147 if (Func->getNumParams() == NumParams) { 2148 QualType InitialParam1Type = 2149 Context.getCanonicalType(Func->getParamDecl(0) 2150 ->getType().getUnqualifiedType()); 2151 QualType InitialParam2Type = 2152 NumParams == 2 2153 ? Context.getCanonicalType(Func->getParamDecl(1) 2154 ->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) 2155 : QualType(); 2156 // FIXME: Do we need to check for default arguments here? 2157 if (InitialParam1Type == Param1 && 2158 (NumParams == 1 || InitialParam2Type == Param2)) { 2159 if (AddRestrictAttr && !Func->hasAttr<RestrictAttr>()) 2160 Func->addAttr(RestrictAttr::CreateImplicit( 2161 Context, RestrictAttr::GNU_malloc)); 2162 // Make the function visible to name lookup, even if we found it in 2163 // an unimported module. It either is an implicitly-declared global 2164 // allocation function, or is suppressing that function. 2165 Func->setHidden(false); 2166 return; 2167 } 2168 } 2169 } 2170 } 2171 2172 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 2173 2174 QualType BadAllocType; 2175 bool HasBadAllocExceptionSpec 2176 = (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 2177 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New); 2178 if (HasBadAllocExceptionSpec) { 2179 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 2180 BadAllocType = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdBadAlloc()); 2181 assert(StdBadAlloc && "Must have std::bad_alloc declared"); 2182 EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_Dynamic; 2183 EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions = llvm::makeArrayRef(BadAllocType); 2184 } 2185 } else { 2186 EPI.ExceptionSpec = 2187 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? EST_BasicNoexcept : EST_DynamicNone; 2188 } 2189 2190 QualType Params[] = { Param1, Param2 }; 2191 2192 QualType FnType = Context.getFunctionType( 2193 Return, llvm::makeArrayRef(Params, NumParams), EPI); 2194 FunctionDecl *Alloc = 2195 FunctionDecl::Create(Context, GlobalCtx, SourceLocation(), 2196 SourceLocation(), Name, 2197 FnType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, false, true); 2198 Alloc->setImplicit(); 2199 2200 // Implicit sized deallocation functions always have default visibility. 2201 Alloc->addAttr(VisibilityAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 2202 VisibilityAttr::Default)); 2203 2204 if (AddRestrictAttr) 2205 Alloc->addAttr( 2206 RestrictAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, RestrictAttr::GNU_malloc)); 2207 2208 ParmVarDecl *ParamDecls[2]; 2209 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumParams; ++I) { 2210 ParamDecls[I] = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, Alloc, SourceLocation(), 2211 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 2212 Params[I], /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 2213 SC_None, nullptr); 2214 ParamDecls[I]->setImplicit(); 2215 } 2216 Alloc->setParams(llvm::makeArrayRef(ParamDecls, NumParams)); 2217 2218 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Alloc); 2219 IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(Alloc, Name); 2220 } 2221 2222 FunctionDecl *Sema::FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, 2223 bool CanProvideSize, 2224 DeclarationName Name) { 2225 DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 2226 2227 LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2228 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 2229 2230 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 2231 // [...] Any non-placement deallocation function matches a 2232 // non-placement allocation function. [...] 2233 llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 2> Matches; 2234 for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(), 2235 DEnd = FoundDelete.end(); 2236 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2237 if (FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*D)) 2238 if (isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, Fn)) 2239 Matches.push_back(Fn); 2240 } 2241 2242 // C++1y [expr.delete]p?: 2243 // If the type is complete and deallocation function lookup finds both a 2244 // usual deallocation function with only a pointer parameter and a usual 2245 // deallocation function with both a pointer parameter and a size 2246 // parameter, then the selected deallocation function shall be the one 2247 // with two parameters. Otherwise, the selected deallocation function 2248 // shall be the function with one parameter. 2249 if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && Matches.size() == 2) { 2250 unsigned NumArgs = CanProvideSize ? 2 : 1; 2251 if (Matches[0]->getNumParams() != NumArgs) 2252 Matches.erase(Matches.begin()); 2253 else 2254 Matches.erase(Matches.begin() + 1); 2255 assert(Matches[0]->getNumParams() == NumArgs && 2256 "found an unexpected usual deallocation function"); 2257 } 2258 2259 assert(Matches.size() == 1 && 2260 "unexpectedly have multiple usual deallocation functions"); 2261 return Matches.front(); 2262 } 2263 2264 bool Sema::FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 2265 DeclarationName Name, 2266 FunctionDecl* &Operator, bool Diagnose) { 2267 LookupResult Found(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2268 // Try to find operator delete/operator delete[] in class scope. 2269 LookupQualifiedName(Found, RD); 2270 2271 if (Found.isAmbiguous()) 2272 return true; 2273 2274 Found.suppressDiagnostics(); 2275 2276 SmallVector<DeclAccessPair,4> Matches; 2277 for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end(); 2278 F != FEnd; ++F) { 2279 NamedDecl *ND = (*F)->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2280 2281 // Ignore template operator delete members from the check for a usual 2282 // deallocation function. 2283 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) 2284 continue; 2285 2286 if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND)->isUsualDeallocationFunction()) 2287 Matches.push_back(F.getPair()); 2288 } 2289 2290 // There's exactly one suitable operator; pick it. 2291 if (Matches.size() == 1) { 2292 Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Matches[0]->getUnderlyingDecl()); 2293 2294 if (Operator->isDeleted()) { 2295 if (Diagnose) { 2296 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_deleted_function_use); 2297 NoteDeletedFunction(Operator); 2298 } 2299 return true; 2300 } 2301 2302 if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, SourceRange(), Found.getNamingClass(), 2303 Matches[0], Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible) 2304 return true; 2305 2306 return false; 2307 2308 // We found multiple suitable operators; complain about the ambiguity. 2309 } else if (!Matches.empty()) { 2310 if (Diagnose) { 2311 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_suitable_delete_member_function_found) 2312 << Name << RD; 2313 2314 for (SmallVectorImpl<DeclAccessPair>::iterator 2315 F = Matches.begin(), FEnd = Matches.end(); F != FEnd; ++F) 2316 Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(), 2317 diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name; 2318 } 2319 return true; 2320 } 2321 2322 // We did find operator delete/operator delete[] declarations, but 2323 // none of them were suitable. 2324 if (!Found.empty()) { 2325 if (Diagnose) { 2326 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_no_suitable_delete_member_function_found) 2327 << Name << RD; 2328 2329 for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end(); 2330 F != FEnd; ++F) 2331 Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(), 2332 diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name; 2333 } 2334 return true; 2335 } 2336 2337 Operator = nullptr; 2338 return false; 2339 } 2340 2341 namespace { 2342 /// \brief Checks whether delete-expression, and new-expression used for 2343 /// initializing deletee have the same array form. 2344 class MismatchingNewDeleteDetector { 2345 public: 2346 enum MismatchResult { 2347 /// Indicates that there is no mismatch or a mismatch cannot be proven. 2348 NoMismatch, 2349 /// Indicates that variable is initialized with mismatching form of \a new. 2350 VarInitMismatches, 2351 /// Indicates that member is initialized with mismatching form of \a new. 2352 MemberInitMismatches, 2353 /// Indicates that 1 or more constructors' definitions could not been 2354 /// analyzed, and they will be checked again at the end of translation unit. 2355 AnalyzeLater 2356 }; 2357 2358 /// \param EndOfTU True, if this is the final analysis at the end of 2359 /// translation unit. False, if this is the initial analysis at the point 2360 /// delete-expression was encountered. 2361 explicit MismatchingNewDeleteDetector(bool EndOfTU) 2362 : IsArrayForm(false), Field(nullptr), EndOfTU(EndOfTU), 2363 HasUndefinedConstructors(false) {} 2364 2365 /// \brief Checks whether pointee of a delete-expression is initialized with 2366 /// matching form of new-expression. 2367 /// 2368 /// If return value is \c VarInitMismatches or \c MemberInitMismatches at the 2369 /// point where delete-expression is encountered, then a warning will be 2370 /// issued immediately. If return value is \c AnalyzeLater at the point where 2371 /// delete-expression is seen, then member will be analyzed at the end of 2372 /// translation unit. \c AnalyzeLater is returned iff at least one constructor 2373 /// couldn't be analyzed. If at least one constructor initializes the member 2374 /// with matching type of new, the return value is \c NoMismatch. 2375 MismatchResult analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE); 2376 /// \brief Analyzes a class member. 2377 /// \param Field Class member to analyze. 2378 /// \param DeleteWasArrayForm Array form-ness of the delete-expression used 2379 /// for deleting the \p Field. 2380 MismatchResult analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, bool DeleteWasArrayForm); 2381 /// List of mismatching new-expressions used for initialization of the pointee 2382 llvm::SmallVector<const CXXNewExpr *, 4> NewExprs; 2383 /// Indicates whether delete-expression was in array form. 2384 bool IsArrayForm; 2385 FieldDecl *Field; 2386 2387 private: 2388 const bool EndOfTU; 2389 /// \brief Indicates that there is at least one constructor without body. 2390 bool HasUndefinedConstructors; 2391 /// \brief Returns \c CXXNewExpr from given initialization expression. 2392 /// \param E Expression used for initializing pointee in delete-expression. 2393 /// E can be a single-element \c InitListExpr consisting of new-expression. 2394 const CXXNewExpr *getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E); 2395 /// \brief Returns whether member is initialized with mismatching form of 2396 /// \c new either by the member initializer or in-class initialization. 2397 /// 2398 /// If bodies of all constructors are not visible at the end of translation 2399 /// unit or at least one constructor initializes member with the matching 2400 /// form of \c new, mismatch cannot be proven, and this function will return 2401 /// \c NoMismatch. 2402 MismatchResult analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME); 2403 /// \brief Returns whether variable is initialized with mismatching form of 2404 /// \c new. 2405 /// 2406 /// If variable is initialized with matching form of \c new or variable is not 2407 /// initialized with a \c new expression, this function will return true. 2408 /// If variable is initialized with mismatching form of \c new, returns false. 2409 /// \param D Variable to analyze. 2410 bool hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D); 2411 /// \brief Checks whether the constructor initializes pointee with mismatching 2412 /// form of \c new. 2413 /// 2414 /// Returns true, if member is initialized with matching form of \c new in 2415 /// member initializer list. Returns false, if member is initialized with the 2416 /// matching form of \c new in this constructor's initializer or given 2417 /// constructor isn't defined at the point where delete-expression is seen, or 2418 /// member isn't initialized by the constructor. 2419 bool hasMatchingNewInCtor(const CXXConstructorDecl *CD); 2420 /// \brief Checks whether member is initialized with matching form of 2421 /// \c new in member initializer list. 2422 bool hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(const CXXCtorInitializer *CI); 2423 /// Checks whether member is initialized with mismatching form of \c new by 2424 /// in-class initializer. 2425 MismatchResult analyzeInClassInitializer(); 2426 }; 2427 } 2428 2429 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2430 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) { 2431 NewExprs.clear(); 2432 assert(DE && "Expected delete-expression"); 2433 IsArrayForm = DE->isArrayForm(); 2434 const Expr *E = DE->getArgument()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 2435 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<const MemberExpr>(E)) { 2436 return analyzeMemberExpr(ME); 2437 } else if (const DeclRefExpr *D = dyn_cast<const DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 2438 if (!hasMatchingVarInit(D)) 2439 return VarInitMismatches; 2440 } 2441 return NoMismatch; 2442 } 2443 2444 const CXXNewExpr * 2445 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E) { 2446 assert(E != nullptr && "Expected a valid initializer expression"); 2447 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 2448 if (const InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<const InitListExpr>(E)) { 2449 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 2450 E = dyn_cast<const CXXNewExpr>(ILE->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 2451 } 2452 2453 return dyn_cast_or_null<const CXXNewExpr>(E); 2454 } 2455 2456 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtorInit( 2457 const CXXCtorInitializer *CI) { 2458 const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr; 2459 if (Field == CI->getMember() && 2460 (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(CI->getInit()))) { 2461 if (NE->isArray() == IsArrayForm) 2462 return true; 2463 else 2464 NewExprs.push_back(NE); 2465 } 2466 return false; 2467 } 2468 2469 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtor( 2470 const CXXConstructorDecl *CD) { 2471 if (CD->isImplicit()) 2472 return false; 2473 const FunctionDecl *Definition = CD; 2474 if (!CD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && !CD->isDefined(Definition)) { 2475 HasUndefinedConstructors = true; 2476 return EndOfTU; 2477 } 2478 for (const auto *CI : cast<const CXXConstructorDecl>(Definition)->inits()) { 2479 if (hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(CI)) 2480 return true; 2481 } 2482 return false; 2483 } 2484 2485 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2486 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeInClassInitializer() { 2487 assert(Field != nullptr && "This should be called only for members"); 2488 if (const CXXNewExpr *NE = 2489 getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(Field->getInClassInitializer())) { 2490 if (NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) { 2491 NewExprs.push_back(NE); 2492 return MemberInitMismatches; 2493 } 2494 } 2495 return NoMismatch; 2496 } 2497 2498 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2499 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, 2500 bool DeleteWasArrayForm) { 2501 assert(Field != nullptr && "Analysis requires a valid class member."); 2502 this->Field = Field; 2503 IsArrayForm = DeleteWasArrayForm; 2504 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<const CXXRecordDecl>(Field->getParent()); 2505 for (const auto *CD : RD->ctors()) { 2506 if (hasMatchingNewInCtor(CD)) 2507 return NoMismatch; 2508 } 2509 if (HasUndefinedConstructors) 2510 return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater; 2511 if (!NewExprs.empty()) 2512 return MemberInitMismatches; 2513 return Field->hasInClassInitializer() ? analyzeInClassInitializer() 2514 : NoMismatch; 2515 } 2516 2517 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2518 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME) { 2519 assert(ME != nullptr && "Expected a member expression"); 2520 if (FieldDecl *F = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 2521 return analyzeField(F, IsArrayForm); 2522 return NoMismatch; 2523 } 2524 2525 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D) { 2526 const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr; 2527 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<const VarDecl>(D->getDecl())) { 2528 if (VD->hasInit() && (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(VD->getInit())) && 2529 NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) { 2530 NewExprs.push_back(NE); 2531 } 2532 } 2533 return NewExprs.empty(); 2534 } 2535 2536 static void 2537 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation DeleteLoc, 2538 const MismatchingNewDeleteDetector &Detector) { 2539 SourceLocation EndOfDelete = SemaRef.getLocForEndOfToken(DeleteLoc); 2540 FixItHint H; 2541 if (!Detector.IsArrayForm) 2542 H = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndOfDelete, "[]"); 2543 else { 2544 SourceLocation RSquare = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken( 2545 DeleteLoc, tok::l_square, SemaRef.getSourceManager(), 2546 SemaRef.getLangOpts(), true); 2547 if (RSquare.isValid()) 2548 H = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(EndOfDelete, RSquare)); 2549 } 2550 SemaRef.Diag(DeleteLoc, diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new) 2551 << Detector.IsArrayForm << H; 2552 2553 for (const auto *NE : Detector.NewExprs) 2554 SemaRef.Diag(NE->getExprLoc(), diag::note_allocated_here) 2555 << Detector.IsArrayForm; 2556 } 2557 2558 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) { 2559 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new, SourceLocation())) 2560 return; 2561 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/false); 2562 switch (Detector.analyzeDeleteExpr(DE)) { 2563 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches: 2564 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: { 2565 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DE->getLocStart(), Detector); 2566 break; 2567 } 2568 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: { 2569 DeleteExprs[Detector.Field].push_back( 2570 std::make_pair(DE->getLocStart(), DE->isArrayForm())); 2571 break; 2572 } 2573 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch: 2574 break; 2575 } 2576 } 2577 2578 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc, 2579 bool DeleteWasArrayForm) { 2580 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/true); 2581 switch (Detector.analyzeField(Field, DeleteWasArrayForm)) { 2582 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches: 2583 llvm_unreachable("This analysis should have been done for class members."); 2584 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: 2585 llvm_unreachable("Analysis cannot be postponed any point beyond end of " 2586 "translation unit."); 2587 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: 2588 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DeleteLoc, Detector); 2589 break; 2590 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch: 2591 break; 2592 } 2593 } 2594 2595 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression (C++ 5.3.5), as in: 2596 /// @code ::delete ptr; @endcode 2597 /// or 2598 /// @code delete [] ptr; @endcode 2599 ExprResult 2600 Sema::ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 2601 bool ArrayForm, Expr *ExE) { 2602 // C++ [expr.delete]p1: 2603 // The operand shall have a pointer type, or a class type having a single 2604 // non-explicit conversion function to a pointer type. The result has type 2605 // void. 2606 // 2607 // DR599 amends "pointer type" to "pointer to object type" in both cases. 2608 2609 ExprResult Ex = ExE; 2610 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; 2611 bool ArrayFormAsWritten = ArrayForm; 2612 bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false; 2613 2614 if (!Ex.get()->isTypeDependent()) { 2615 // Perform lvalue-to-rvalue cast, if needed. 2616 Ex = DefaultLvalueConversion(Ex.get()); 2617 if (Ex.isInvalid()) 2618 return ExprError(); 2619 2620 QualType Type = Ex.get()->getType(); 2621 2622 class DeleteConverter : public ContextualImplicitConverter { 2623 public: 2624 DeleteConverter() : ContextualImplicitConverter(false, true) {} 2625 2626 bool match(QualType ConvType) override { 2627 // FIXME: If we have an operator T* and an operator void*, we must pick 2628 // the operator T*. 2629 if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>()) 2630 if (ConvPtrType->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) 2631 return true; 2632 return false; 2633 } 2634 2635 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 2636 QualType T) override { 2637 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_operand) << T; 2638 } 2639 2640 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 2641 QualType T) override { 2642 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_incomplete_class_type) << T; 2643 } 2644 2645 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 2646 QualType T, 2647 QualType ConvTy) override { 2648 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy; 2649 } 2650 2651 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 2652 QualType ConvTy) override { 2653 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion) 2654 << ConvTy; 2655 } 2656 2657 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 2658 QualType T) override { 2659 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ambiguous_delete_operand) << T; 2660 } 2661 2662 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 2663 QualType ConvTy) override { 2664 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion) 2665 << ConvTy; 2666 } 2667 2668 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 2669 QualType T, 2670 QualType ConvTy) override { 2671 llvm_unreachable("conversion functions are permitted"); 2672 } 2673 } Converter; 2674 2675 Ex = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, Ex.get(), Converter); 2676 if (Ex.isInvalid()) 2677 return ExprError(); 2678 Type = Ex.get()->getType(); 2679 if (!Converter.match(Type)) 2680 // FIXME: PerformContextualImplicitConversion should return ExprError 2681 // itself in this case. 2682 return ExprError(); 2683 2684 QualType Pointee = Type->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 2685 QualType PointeeElem = Context.getBaseElementType(Pointee); 2686 2687 if (unsigned AddressSpace = Pointee.getAddressSpace()) 2688 return Diag(Ex.get()->getLocStart(), 2689 diag::err_address_space_qualified_delete) 2690 << Pointee.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace; 2691 2692 CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = nullptr; 2693 if (Pointee->isVoidType() && !isSFINAEContext()) { 2694 // The C++ standard bans deleting a pointer to a non-object type, which 2695 // effectively bans deletion of "void*". However, most compilers support 2696 // this, so we treat it as a warning unless we're in a SFINAE context. 2697 Diag(StartLoc, diag::ext_delete_void_ptr_operand) 2698 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange(); 2699 } else if (Pointee->isFunctionType() || Pointee->isVoidType()) { 2700 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_delete_operand) 2701 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange()); 2702 } else if (!Pointee->isDependentType()) { 2703 if (!RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee, 2704 diag::warn_delete_incomplete, Ex.get())) { 2705 if (const RecordType *RT = PointeeElem->getAs<RecordType>()) 2706 PointeeRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 2707 } 2708 } 2709 2710 if (Pointee->isArrayType() && !ArrayForm) { 2711 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_array_type) 2712 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange() 2713 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(PP.getLocForEndOfToken(StartLoc), "[]"); 2714 ArrayForm = true; 2715 } 2716 2717 DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2718 ArrayForm ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete); 2719 2720 if (PointeeRD) { 2721 if (!UseGlobal && 2722 FindDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, PointeeRD, DeleteName, 2723 OperatorDelete)) 2724 return ExprError(); 2725 2726 // If we're allocating an array of records, check whether the 2727 // usual operator delete[] has a size_t parameter. 2728 if (ArrayForm) { 2729 // If the user specifically asked to use the global allocator, 2730 // we'll need to do the lookup into the class. 2731 if (UseGlobal) 2732 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = 2733 doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, PointeeElem); 2734 2735 // Otherwise, the usual operator delete[] should be the 2736 // function we just found. 2737 else if (OperatorDelete && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(OperatorDelete)) 2738 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = (OperatorDelete->getNumParams() == 2); 2739 } 2740 2741 if (!PointeeRD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) 2742 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) { 2743 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, 2744 const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(Dtor)); 2745 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Dtor, StartLoc)) 2746 return ExprError(); 2747 } 2748 2749 // C++ [expr.delete]p3: 2750 // In the first alternative (delete object), if the static type of the 2751 // object to be deleted is different from its dynamic type, the static 2752 // type shall be a base class of the dynamic type of the object to be 2753 // deleted and the static type shall have a virtual destructor or the 2754 // behavior is undefined. 2755 // 2756 // Note: a final class cannot be derived from, no issue there 2757 if (PointeeRD->isPolymorphic() && !PointeeRD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>()) { 2758 CXXDestructorDecl *dtor = PointeeRD->getDestructor(); 2759 if (dtor && !dtor->isVirtual()) { 2760 if (PointeeRD->isAbstract()) { 2761 // If the class is abstract, we warn by default, because we're 2762 // sure the code has undefined behavior. 2763 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_abstract_non_virtual_dtor) 2764 << PointeeElem; 2765 } else if (!ArrayForm) { 2766 // Otherwise, if this is not an array delete, it's a bit suspect, 2767 // but not necessarily wrong. 2768 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_non_virtual_dtor) << PointeeElem; 2769 } 2770 } 2771 } 2772 2773 } 2774 2775 if (!OperatorDelete) 2776 // Look for a global declaration. 2777 OperatorDelete = FindUsualDeallocationFunction( 2778 StartLoc, !RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee, 0) && 2779 (!ArrayForm || UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize || 2780 Pointee.isDestructedType()), 2781 DeleteName); 2782 2783 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete); 2784 2785 // Check access and ambiguity of operator delete and destructor. 2786 if (PointeeRD) { 2787 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) { 2788 CheckDestructorAccess(Ex.get()->getExprLoc(), Dtor, 2789 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) << PointeeElem); 2790 } 2791 } 2792 } 2793 2794 CXXDeleteExpr *Result = new (Context) CXXDeleteExpr( 2795 Context.VoidTy, UseGlobal, ArrayForm, ArrayFormAsWritten, 2796 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, OperatorDelete, Ex.get(), StartLoc); 2797 AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(Result); 2798 return Result; 2799 } 2800 2801 /// \brief Check the use of the given variable as a C++ condition in an if, 2802 /// while, do-while, or switch statement. 2803 ExprResult Sema::CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 2804 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2805 bool ConvertToBoolean) { 2806 if (ConditionVar->isInvalidDecl()) 2807 return ExprError(); 2808 2809 QualType T = ConditionVar->getType(); 2810 2811 // C++ [stmt.select]p2: 2812 // The declarator shall not specify a function or an array. 2813 if (T->isFunctionType()) 2814 return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(), 2815 diag::err_invalid_use_of_function_type) 2816 << ConditionVar->getSourceRange()); 2817 else if (T->isArrayType()) 2818 return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(), 2819 diag::err_invalid_use_of_array_type) 2820 << ConditionVar->getSourceRange()); 2821 2822 ExprResult Condition = DeclRefExpr::Create( 2823 Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), SourceLocation(), ConditionVar, 2824 /*enclosing*/ false, ConditionVar->getLocation(), 2825 ConditionVar->getType().getNonReferenceType(), VK_LValue); 2826 2827 MarkDeclRefReferenced(cast<DeclRefExpr>(Condition.get())); 2828 2829 if (ConvertToBoolean) { 2830 Condition = CheckBooleanCondition(Condition.get(), StmtLoc); 2831 if (Condition.isInvalid()) 2832 return ExprError(); 2833 } 2834 2835 return Condition; 2836 } 2837 2838 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if a conversion to bool is invalid. 2839 ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr) { 2840 // C++ 6.4p4: 2841 // The value of a condition that is an initialized declaration in a statement 2842 // other than a switch statement is the value of the declared variable 2843 // implicitly converted to type bool. If that conversion is ill-formed, the 2844 // program is ill-formed. 2845 // The value of a condition that is an expression is the value of the 2846 // expression, implicitly converted to bool. 2847 // 2848 return PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(CondExpr); 2849 } 2850 2851 /// Helper function to determine whether this is the (deprecated) C++ 2852 /// conversion from a string literal to a pointer to non-const char or 2853 /// non-const wchar_t (for narrow and wide string literals, 2854 /// respectively). 2855 bool 2856 Sema::IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) { 2857 // Look inside the implicit cast, if it exists. 2858 if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(From)) 2859 From = Cast->getSubExpr(); 2860 2861 // A string literal (2.13.4) that is not a wide string literal can 2862 // be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to char"; a wide 2863 // string literal can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer 2864 // to wchar_t" (C++ 4.2p2). 2865 if (StringLiteral *StrLit = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(From->IgnoreParens())) 2866 if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) 2867 if (const BuiltinType *ToPointeeType 2868 = ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 2869 // This conversion is considered only when there is an 2870 // explicit appropriate pointer target type (C++ 4.2p2). 2871 if (!ToPtrType->getPointeeType().hasQualifiers()) { 2872 switch (StrLit->getKind()) { 2873 case StringLiteral::UTF8: 2874 case StringLiteral::UTF16: 2875 case StringLiteral::UTF32: 2876 // We don't allow UTF literals to be implicitly converted 2877 break; 2878 case StringLiteral::Ascii: 2879 return (ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_U || 2880 ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_S); 2881 case StringLiteral::Wide: 2882 return ToPointeeType->isWideCharType(); 2883 } 2884 } 2885 } 2886 2887 return false; 2888 } 2889 2890 static ExprResult BuildCXXCastArgument(Sema &S, 2891 SourceLocation CastLoc, 2892 QualType Ty, 2893 CastKind Kind, 2894 CXXMethodDecl *Method, 2895 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2896 bool HadMultipleCandidates, 2897 Expr *From) { 2898 switch (Kind) { 2899 default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast kind!"); 2900 case CK_ConstructorConversion: { 2901 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method); 2902 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs; 2903 2904 if (S.RequireNonAbstractType(CastLoc, Ty, 2905 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 2906 return ExprError(); 2907 2908 if (S.CompleteConstructorCall(Constructor, From, CastLoc, ConstructorArgs)) 2909 return ExprError(); 2910 2911 S.CheckConstructorAccess(CastLoc, Constructor, 2912 InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Ty), 2913 Constructor->getAccess()); 2914 if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc)) 2915 return ExprError(); 2916 2917 ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXConstructExpr( 2918 CastLoc, Ty, cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method), 2919 ConstructorArgs, HadMultipleCandidates, 2920 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, 2921 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); 2922 if (Result.isInvalid()) 2923 return ExprError(); 2924 2925 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.getAs<Expr>()); 2926 } 2927 2928 case CK_UserDefinedConversion: { 2929 assert(!From->getType()->isPointerType() && "Arg can't have pointer type!"); 2930 2931 S.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(CastLoc, From, /*arg*/ nullptr, FoundDecl); 2932 if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc)) 2933 return ExprError(); 2934 2935 // Create an implicit call expr that calls it. 2936 CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Method); 2937 ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, FoundDecl, Conv, 2938 HadMultipleCandidates); 2939 if (Result.isInvalid()) 2940 return ExprError(); 2941 // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast. 2942 Result = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context, Result.get()->getType(), 2943 CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(), 2944 nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind()); 2945 2946 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.get()); 2947 } 2948 } 2949 } 2950 2951 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the 2952 /// expression From to the type ToType using the pre-computed implicit 2953 /// conversion sequence ICS. Returns the converted 2954 /// expression. Action is the kind of conversion we're performing, 2955 /// used in the error message. 2956 ExprResult 2957 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2958 const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS, 2959 AssignmentAction Action, 2960 CheckedConversionKind CCK) { 2961 switch (ICS.getKind()) { 2962 case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: { 2963 ExprResult Res = PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.Standard, 2964 Action, CCK); 2965 if (Res.isInvalid()) 2966 return ExprError(); 2967 From = Res.get(); 2968 break; 2969 } 2970 2971 case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: { 2972 2973 FunctionDecl *FD = ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction; 2974 CastKind CastKind; 2975 QualType BeforeToType; 2976 assert(FD && "no conversion function for user-defined conversion seq"); 2977 if (const CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(FD)) { 2978 CastKind = CK_UserDefinedConversion; 2979 2980 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a conversion function, 2981 // the initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to 2982 // the implicit object parameter of the conversion function. 2983 BeforeToType = Context.getTagDeclType(Conv->getParent()); 2984 } else { 2985 const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD); 2986 CastKind = CK_ConstructorConversion; 2987 // Do no conversion if dealing with ... for the first conversion. 2988 if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) { 2989 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a constructor, the 2990 // initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to 2991 // the type required by the argument of the constructor 2992 BeforeToType = Ctor->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getNonReferenceType(); 2993 } 2994 } 2995 // Watch out for ellipsis conversion. 2996 if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) { 2997 ExprResult Res = 2998 PerformImplicitConversion(From, BeforeToType, 2999 ICS.UserDefined.Before, AA_Converting, 3000 CCK); 3001 if (Res.isInvalid()) 3002 return ExprError(); 3003 From = Res.get(); 3004 } 3005 3006 ExprResult CastArg 3007 = BuildCXXCastArgument(*this, 3008 From->getLocStart(), 3009 ToType.getNonReferenceType(), 3010 CastKind, cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD), 3011 ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction, 3012 ICS.UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates, 3013 From); 3014 3015 if (CastArg.isInvalid()) 3016 return ExprError(); 3017 3018 From = CastArg.get(); 3019 3020 return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined.After, 3021 AA_Converting, CCK); 3022 } 3023 3024 case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion: 3025 ICS.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, From->getExprLoc(), 3026 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition) 3027 << From->getSourceRange()); 3028 return ExprError(); 3029 3030 case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion: 3031 llvm_unreachable("Cannot perform an ellipsis conversion"); 3032 3033 case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion: 3034 return ExprError(); 3035 } 3036 3037 // Everything went well. 3038 return From; 3039 } 3040 3041 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the 3042 /// expression From to the type ToType by following the standard 3043 /// conversion sequence SCS. Returns the converted 3044 /// expression. Flavor is the context in which we're performing this 3045 /// conversion, for use in error messages. 3046 ExprResult 3047 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 3048 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 3049 AssignmentAction Action, 3050 CheckedConversionKind CCK) { 3051 bool CStyle = (CCK == CCK_CStyleCast || CCK == CCK_FunctionalCast); 3052 3053 // Overall FIXME: we are recomputing too many types here and doing far too 3054 // much extra work. What this means is that we need to keep track of more 3055 // information that is computed when we try the implicit conversion initially, 3056 // so that we don't need to recompute anything here. 3057 QualType FromType = From->getType(); 3058 3059 if (SCS.CopyConstructor) { 3060 // FIXME: When can ToType be a reference type? 3061 assert(!ToType->isReferenceType()); 3062 if (SCS.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) { 3063 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs; 3064 if (CompleteConstructorCall(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(SCS.CopyConstructor), 3065 From, /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(), 3066 ConstructorArgs)) 3067 return ExprError(); 3068 return BuildCXXConstructExpr( 3069 /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType, SCS.CopyConstructor, 3070 ConstructorArgs, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false, 3071 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, 3072 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); 3073 } 3074 return BuildCXXConstructExpr( 3075 /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType, SCS.CopyConstructor, 3076 From, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false, 3077 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, 3078 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); 3079 } 3080 3081 // Resolve overloaded function references. 3082 if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, Context.OverloadTy)) { 3083 DeclAccessPair Found; 3084 FunctionDecl *Fn = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType, 3085 true, Found); 3086 if (!Fn) 3087 return ExprError(); 3088 3089 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, From->getLocStart())) 3090 return ExprError(); 3091 3092 From = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, Found, Fn); 3093 FromType = From->getType(); 3094 } 3095 3096 // If we're converting to an atomic type, first convert to the corresponding 3097 // non-atomic type. 3098 QualType ToAtomicType; 3099 if (const AtomicType *ToAtomic = ToType->getAs<AtomicType>()) { 3100 ToAtomicType = ToType; 3101 ToType = ToAtomic->getValueType(); 3102 } 3103 3104 // Perform the first implicit conversion. 3105 switch (SCS.First) { 3106 case ICK_Identity: 3107 if (const AtomicType *FromAtomic = FromType->getAs<AtomicType>()) { 3108 FromType = FromAtomic->getValueType().getUnqualifiedType(); 3109 From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, FromType, CK_AtomicToNonAtomic, 3110 From, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, VK_RValue); 3111 } 3112 break; 3113 3114 case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: { 3115 assert(From->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty); 3116 ExprResult FromRes = DefaultLvalueConversion(From); 3117 assert(!FromRes.isInvalid() && "Can't perform deduced conversion?!"); 3118 From = FromRes.get(); 3119 FromType = From->getType(); 3120 break; 3121 } 3122 3123 case ICK_Array_To_Pointer: 3124 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType); 3125 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_ArrayToPointerDecay, 3126 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3127 break; 3128 3129 case ICK_Function_To_Pointer: 3130 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType); 3131 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_FunctionToPointerDecay, 3132 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3133 break; 3134 3135 default: 3136 llvm_unreachable("Improper first standard conversion"); 3137 } 3138 3139 // Perform the second implicit conversion 3140 switch (SCS.Second) { 3141 case ICK_Identity: 3142 // C++ [except.spec]p5: 3143 // [For] assignment to and initialization of pointers to functions, 3144 // pointers to member functions, and references to functions: the 3145 // target entity shall allow at least the exceptions allowed by the 3146 // source value in the assignment or initialization. 3147 switch (Action) { 3148 case AA_Assigning: 3149 case AA_Initializing: 3150 // Note, function argument passing and returning are initialization. 3151 case AA_Passing: 3152 case AA_Returning: 3153 case AA_Sending: 3154 case AA_Passing_CFAudited: 3155 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) 3156 return ExprError(); 3157 break; 3158 3159 case AA_Casting: 3160 case AA_Converting: 3161 // Casts and implicit conversions are not initialization, so are not 3162 // checked for exception specification mismatches. 3163 break; 3164 } 3165 // Nothing else to do. 3166 break; 3167 3168 case ICK_NoReturn_Adjustment: 3169 // If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could 3170 // be incompatible exception declarations. 3171 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) 3172 return ExprError(); 3173 3174 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp, 3175 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3176 break; 3177 3178 case ICK_Integral_Promotion: 3179 case ICK_Integral_Conversion: 3180 if (ToType->isBooleanType()) { 3181 assert(FromType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->isFixed() && 3182 SCS.Second == ICK_Integral_Promotion && 3183 "only enums with fixed underlying type can promote to bool"); 3184 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToBoolean, 3185 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3186 } else { 3187 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralCast, 3188 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3189 } 3190 break; 3191 3192 case ICK_Floating_Promotion: 3193 case ICK_Floating_Conversion: 3194 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingCast, 3195 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3196 break; 3197 3198 case ICK_Complex_Promotion: 3199 case ICK_Complex_Conversion: { 3200 QualType FromEl = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); 3201 QualType ToEl = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); 3202 CastKind CK; 3203 if (FromEl->isRealFloatingType()) { 3204 if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) 3205 CK = CK_FloatingComplexCast; 3206 else 3207 CK = CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex; 3208 } else if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) { 3209 CK = CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex; 3210 } else { 3211 CK = CK_IntegralComplexCast; 3212 } 3213 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK, 3214 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3215 break; 3216 } 3217 3218 case ICK_Floating_Integral: 3219 if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) 3220 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToFloating, 3221 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3222 else 3223 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingToIntegral, 3224 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3225 break; 3226 3227 case ICK_Compatible_Conversion: 3228 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp, 3229 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3230 break; 3231 3232 case ICK_Writeback_Conversion: 3233 case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: { 3234 if (SCS.IncompatibleObjC && Action != AA_Casting) { 3235 // Diagnose incompatible Objective-C conversions 3236 if (Action == AA_Initializing || Action == AA_Assigning) 3237 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3238 diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer) 3239 << ToType << From->getType() << Action 3240 << From->getSourceRange() << 0; 3241 else 3242 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3243 diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer) 3244 << From->getType() << ToType << Action 3245 << From->getSourceRange() << 0; 3246 3247 if (From->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3248 ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 3249 EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(From); 3250 } 3251 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 3252 !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(ToType, 3253 From->getType())) { 3254 if (Action == AA_Initializing) 3255 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3256 diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign); 3257 else 3258 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3259 diag::err_arc_convesion_of_weak_unavailable) 3260 << (Action == AA_Casting) << From->getType() << ToType 3261 << From->getSourceRange(); 3262 } 3263 3264 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid; 3265 CXXCastPath BasePath; 3266 if (CheckPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle)) 3267 return ExprError(); 3268 3269 // Make sure we extend blocks if necessary. 3270 // FIXME: doing this here is really ugly. 3271 if (Kind == CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast) { 3272 ExprResult E = From; 3273 (void) PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(E); 3274 From = E.get(); 3275 } 3276 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) 3277 CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange(), ToType, From, CCK); 3278 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK) 3279 .get(); 3280 break; 3281 } 3282 3283 case ICK_Pointer_Member: { 3284 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid; 3285 CXXCastPath BasePath; 3286 if (CheckMemberPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle)) 3287 return ExprError(); 3288 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) 3289 return ExprError(); 3290 3291 // We may not have been able to figure out what this member pointer resolved 3292 // to up until this exact point. Attempt to lock-in it's inheritance model. 3293 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 3294 RequireCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), From->getType(), 0); 3295 RequireCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), ToType, 0); 3296 } 3297 3298 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK) 3299 .get(); 3300 break; 3301 } 3302 3303 case ICK_Boolean_Conversion: 3304 // Perform half-to-boolean conversion via float. 3305 if (From->getType()->isHalfType()) { 3306 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get(); 3307 FromType = Context.FloatTy; 3308 } 3309 3310 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.BoolTy, 3311 ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(FromType), 3312 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3313 break; 3314 3315 case ICK_Derived_To_Base: { 3316 CXXCastPath BasePath; 3317 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(From->getType(), 3318 ToType.getNonReferenceType(), 3319 From->getLocStart(), 3320 From->getSourceRange(), 3321 &BasePath, 3322 CStyle)) 3323 return ExprError(); 3324 3325 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonReferenceType(), 3326 CK_DerivedToBase, From->getValueKind(), 3327 &BasePath, CCK).get(); 3328 break; 3329 } 3330 3331 case ICK_Vector_Conversion: 3332 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_BitCast, 3333 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3334 break; 3335 3336 case ICK_Vector_Splat: 3337 // Vector splat from any arithmetic type to a vector. 3338 // Cast to the element type. 3339 { 3340 QualType elType = ToType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType(); 3341 if (elType != From->getType()) { 3342 ExprResult E = From; 3343 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, elType, 3344 PrepareScalarCast(E, elType)).get(); 3345 } 3346 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_VectorSplat, 3347 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3348 } 3349 break; 3350 3351 case ICK_Complex_Real: 3352 // Case 1. x -> _Complex y 3353 if (const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 3354 QualType ElType = ToComplex->getElementType(); 3355 bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType(); 3356 3357 // x -> y 3358 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, From->getType())) { 3359 // do nothing 3360 } else if (From->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) { 3361 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, 3362 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_FloatingToIntegral).get(); 3363 } else { 3364 assert(From->getType()->isIntegerType()); 3365 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, 3366 isFloatingComplex ? CK_IntegralToFloating : CK_IntegralCast).get(); 3367 } 3368 // y -> _Complex y 3369 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3370 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingRealToComplex 3371 : CK_IntegralRealToComplex).get(); 3372 3373 // Case 2. _Complex x -> y 3374 } else { 3375 const ComplexType *FromComplex = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>(); 3376 assert(FromComplex); 3377 3378 QualType ElType = FromComplex->getElementType(); 3379 bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType(); 3380 3381 // _Complex x -> x 3382 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, 3383 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingComplexToReal 3384 : CK_IntegralComplexToReal, 3385 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3386 3387 // x -> y 3388 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, ToType)) { 3389 // do nothing 3390 } else if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) { 3391 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3392 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_IntegralToFloating, 3393 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3394 } else { 3395 assert(ToType->isIntegerType()); 3396 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3397 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingToIntegral : CK_IntegralCast, 3398 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3399 } 3400 } 3401 break; 3402 3403 case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion: { 3404 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getUnqualifiedType(), CK_BitCast, 3405 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3406 break; 3407 } 3408 3409 case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion: { 3410 ExprResult FromRes = From; 3411 Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = 3412 CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, FromRes); 3413 if (FromRes.isInvalid()) 3414 return ExprError(); 3415 From = FromRes.get(); 3416 assert ((ConvTy == Sema::Compatible) && 3417 "Improper transparent union conversion"); 3418 (void)ConvTy; 3419 break; 3420 } 3421 3422 case ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion: 3423 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3424 CK_ZeroToOCLEvent, 3425 From->getValueKind()).get(); 3426 break; 3427 3428 case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: 3429 case ICK_Array_To_Pointer: 3430 case ICK_Function_To_Pointer: 3431 case ICK_Qualification: 3432 case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds: 3433 llvm_unreachable("Improper second standard conversion"); 3434 } 3435 3436 switch (SCS.Third) { 3437 case ICK_Identity: 3438 // Nothing to do. 3439 break; 3440 3441 case ICK_Qualification: { 3442 // The qualification keeps the category of the inner expression, unless the 3443 // target type isn't a reference. 3444 ExprValueKind VK = ToType->isReferenceType() ? 3445 From->getValueKind() : VK_RValue; 3446 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonLValueExprType(Context), 3447 CK_NoOp, VK, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3448 3449 if (SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr && 3450 !getLangOpts().WritableStrings) { 3451 Diag(From->getLocStart(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 3452 ? diag::ext_deprecated_string_literal_conversion 3453 : diag::warn_deprecated_string_literal_conversion) 3454 << ToType.getNonReferenceType(); 3455 } 3456 3457 break; 3458 } 3459 3460 default: 3461 llvm_unreachable("Improper third standard conversion"); 3462 } 3463 3464 // If this conversion sequence involved a scalar -> atomic conversion, perform 3465 // that conversion now. 3466 if (!ToAtomicType.isNull()) { 3467 assert(Context.hasSameType( 3468 ToAtomicType->castAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(), From->getType())); 3469 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToAtomicType, CK_NonAtomicToAtomic, 3470 VK_RValue, nullptr, CCK).get(); 3471 } 3472 3473 return From; 3474 } 3475 3476 /// \brief Check the completeness of a type in a unary type trait. 3477 /// 3478 /// If the particular type trait requires a complete type, tries to complete 3479 /// it. If completing the type fails, a diagnostic is emitted and false 3480 /// returned. If completing the type succeeds or no completion was required, 3481 /// returns true. 3482 static bool CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(Sema &S, TypeTrait UTT, 3483 SourceLocation Loc, 3484 QualType ArgTy) { 3485 // C++0x [meta.unary.prop]p3: 3486 // For all of the class templates X declared in this Clause, instantiating 3487 // that template with a template argument that is a class template 3488 // specialization may result in the implicit instantiation of the template 3489 // argument if and only if the semantics of X require that the argument 3490 // must be a complete type. 3491 // We apply this rule to all the type trait expressions used to implement 3492 // these class templates. We also try to follow any GCC documented behavior 3493 // in these expressions to ensure portability of standard libraries. 3494 switch (UTT) { 3495 default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT"); 3496 // is_complete_type somewhat obviously cannot require a complete type. 3497 case UTT_IsCompleteType: 3498 // Fall-through 3499 3500 // These traits are modeled on the type predicates in C++0x 3501 // [meta.unary.cat] and [meta.unary.comp]. They are not specified as 3502 // requiring a complete type, as whether or not they return true cannot be 3503 // impacted by the completeness of the type. 3504 case UTT_IsVoid: 3505 case UTT_IsIntegral: 3506 case UTT_IsFloatingPoint: 3507 case UTT_IsArray: 3508 case UTT_IsPointer: 3509 case UTT_IsLvalueReference: 3510 case UTT_IsRvalueReference: 3511 case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer: 3512 case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer: 3513 case UTT_IsEnum: 3514 case UTT_IsUnion: 3515 case UTT_IsClass: 3516 case UTT_IsFunction: 3517 case UTT_IsReference: 3518 case UTT_IsArithmetic: 3519 case UTT_IsFundamental: 3520 case UTT_IsObject: 3521 case UTT_IsScalar: 3522 case UTT_IsCompound: 3523 case UTT_IsMemberPointer: 3524 // Fall-through 3525 3526 // These traits are modeled on type predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.prop] 3527 // which requires some of its traits to have the complete type. However, 3528 // the completeness of the type cannot impact these traits' semantics, and 3529 // so they don't require it. This matches the comments on these traits in 3530 // Table 49. 3531 case UTT_IsConst: 3532 case UTT_IsVolatile: 3533 case UTT_IsSigned: 3534 case UTT_IsUnsigned: 3535 return true; 3536 3537 // C++0x [meta.unary.prop] Table 49 requires the following traits to be 3538 // applied to a complete type. 3539 case UTT_IsTrivial: 3540 case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable: 3541 case UTT_IsStandardLayout: 3542 case UTT_IsPOD: 3543 case UTT_IsLiteral: 3544 case UTT_IsEmpty: 3545 case UTT_IsPolymorphic: 3546 case UTT_IsAbstract: 3547 case UTT_IsInterfaceClass: 3548 case UTT_IsDestructible: 3549 case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible: 3550 // Fall-through 3551 3552 // These traits require a complete type. 3553 case UTT_IsFinal: 3554 case UTT_IsSealed: 3555 3556 // These trait expressions are designed to help implement predicates in 3557 // [meta.unary.prop] despite not being named the same. They are specified 3558 // by both GCC and the Embarcadero C++ compiler, and require the complete 3559 // type due to the overarching C++0x type predicates being implemented 3560 // requiring the complete type. 3561 case UTT_HasNothrowAssign: 3562 case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign: 3563 case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor: 3564 case UTT_HasNothrowCopy: 3565 case UTT_HasTrivialAssign: 3566 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign: 3567 case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor: 3568 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor: 3569 case UTT_HasTrivialCopy: 3570 case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor: 3571 case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor: 3572 // Arrays of unknown bound are expressly allowed. 3573 QualType ElTy = ArgTy; 3574 if (ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType()) 3575 ElTy = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ArgTy)->getElementType(); 3576 3577 // The void type is expressly allowed. 3578 if (ElTy->isVoidType()) 3579 return true; 3580 3581 return !S.RequireCompleteType( 3582 Loc, ElTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr); 3583 } 3584 } 3585 3586 static bool HasNoThrowOperator(const RecordType *RT, OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 3587 Sema &Self, SourceLocation KeyLoc, ASTContext &C, 3588 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasTrivial)() const, 3589 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasNonTrivial)() const, 3590 bool (CXXMethodDecl::*IsDesiredOp)() const) 3591 { 3592 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 3593 if ((RD->*HasTrivial)() && !(RD->*HasNonTrivial)()) 3594 return true; 3595 3596 DeclarationName Name = C.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op); 3597 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, KeyLoc); 3598 LookupResult Res(Self, NameInfo, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); 3599 if (Self.LookupQualifiedName(Res, RD)) { 3600 bool FoundOperator = false; 3601 Res.suppressDiagnostics(); 3602 for (LookupResult::iterator Op = Res.begin(), OpEnd = Res.end(); 3603 Op != OpEnd; ++Op) { 3604 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Op)) 3605 continue; 3606 3607 CXXMethodDecl *Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Op); 3608 if((Operator->*IsDesiredOp)()) { 3609 FoundOperator = true; 3610 const FunctionProtoType *CPT = 3611 Operator->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3612 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 3613 if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C)) 3614 return false; 3615 } 3616 } 3617 return FoundOperator; 3618 } 3619 return false; 3620 } 3621 3622 static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait UTT, 3623 SourceLocation KeyLoc, QualType T) { 3624 assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type"); 3625 3626 ASTContext &C = Self.Context; 3627 switch(UTT) { 3628 default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT"); 3629 // Type trait expressions corresponding to the primary type category 3630 // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.cat]. 3631 case UTT_IsVoid: 3632 return T->isVoidType(); 3633 case UTT_IsIntegral: 3634 return T->isIntegralType(C); 3635 case UTT_IsFloatingPoint: 3636 return T->isFloatingType(); 3637 case UTT_IsArray: 3638 return T->isArrayType(); 3639 case UTT_IsPointer: 3640 return T->isPointerType(); 3641 case UTT_IsLvalueReference: 3642 return T->isLValueReferenceType(); 3643 case UTT_IsRvalueReference: 3644 return T->isRValueReferenceType(); 3645 case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer: 3646 return T->isMemberFunctionPointerType(); 3647 case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer: 3648 return T->isMemberDataPointerType(); 3649 case UTT_IsEnum: 3650 return T->isEnumeralType(); 3651 case UTT_IsUnion: 3652 return T->isUnionType(); 3653 case UTT_IsClass: 3654 return T->isClassType() || T->isStructureType() || T->isInterfaceType(); 3655 case UTT_IsFunction: 3656 return T->isFunctionType(); 3657 3658 // Type trait expressions which correspond to the convenient composition 3659 // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.comp]. 3660 case UTT_IsReference: 3661 return T->isReferenceType(); 3662 case UTT_IsArithmetic: 3663 return T->isArithmeticType() && !T->isEnumeralType(); 3664 case UTT_IsFundamental: 3665 return T->isFundamentalType(); 3666 case UTT_IsObject: 3667 return T->isObjectType(); 3668 case UTT_IsScalar: 3669 // Note: semantic analysis depends on Objective-C lifetime types to be 3670 // considered scalar types. However, such types do not actually behave 3671 // like scalar types at run time (since they may require retain/release 3672 // operations), so we report them as non-scalar. 3673 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 3674 switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) { 3675 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 3676 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 3677 return true; 3678 3679 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 3680 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 3681 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 3682 return false; 3683 } 3684 } 3685 3686 return T->isScalarType(); 3687 case UTT_IsCompound: 3688 return T->isCompoundType(); 3689 case UTT_IsMemberPointer: 3690 return T->isMemberPointerType(); 3691 3692 // Type trait expressions which correspond to the type property predicates 3693 // in C++0x [meta.unary.prop]. 3694 case UTT_IsConst: 3695 return T.isConstQualified(); 3696 case UTT_IsVolatile: 3697 return T.isVolatileQualified(); 3698 case UTT_IsTrivial: 3699 return T.isTrivialType(C); 3700 case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable: 3701 return T.isTriviallyCopyableType(C); 3702 case UTT_IsStandardLayout: 3703 return T->isStandardLayoutType(); 3704 case UTT_IsPOD: 3705 return T.isPODType(C); 3706 case UTT_IsLiteral: 3707 return T->isLiteralType(C); 3708 case UTT_IsEmpty: 3709 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3710 return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isEmpty(); 3711 return false; 3712 case UTT_IsPolymorphic: 3713 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3714 return RD->isPolymorphic(); 3715 return false; 3716 case UTT_IsAbstract: 3717 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3718 return RD->isAbstract(); 3719 return false; 3720 case UTT_IsInterfaceClass: 3721 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3722 return RD->isInterface(); 3723 return false; 3724 case UTT_IsFinal: 3725 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3726 return RD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>(); 3727 return false; 3728 case UTT_IsSealed: 3729 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3730 if (FinalAttr *FA = RD->getAttr<FinalAttr>()) 3731 return FA->isSpelledAsSealed(); 3732 return false; 3733 case UTT_IsSigned: 3734 return T->isSignedIntegerType(); 3735 case UTT_IsUnsigned: 3736 return T->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 3737 3738 // Type trait expressions which query classes regarding their construction, 3739 // destruction, and copying. Rather than being based directly on the 3740 // related type predicates in the standard, they are specified by both 3741 // GCC[1] and the Embarcadero C++ compiler[2], and Clang implements those 3742 // specifications. 3743 // 3744 // 1: http://gcc.gnu/.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html 3745 // 2: http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index 3746 // 3747 // Note that these builtins do not behave as documented in g++: if a class 3748 // has both a trivial and a non-trivial special member of a particular kind, 3749 // they return false! For now, we emulate this behavior. 3750 // FIXME: This appears to be a g++ bug: more complex cases reveal that it 3751 // does not correctly compute triviality in the presence of multiple special 3752 // members of the same kind. Revisit this once the g++ bug is fixed. 3753 case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor: 3754 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 3755 // If __is_pod (type) is true then the trait is true, else if type is 3756 // a cv class or union type (or array thereof) with a trivial default 3757 // constructor ([class.ctor]) then the trait is true, else it is false. 3758 if (T.isPODType(C)) 3759 return true; 3760 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3761 return RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() && 3762 !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor(); 3763 return false; 3764 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor: 3765 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the 3766 // standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic 3767 // behind std::is_trivially_move_constructible (20.9.4.3). 3768 if (T.isPODType(C)) 3769 return true; 3770 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3771 return RD->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor(); 3772 return false; 3773 case UTT_HasTrivialCopy: 3774 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 3775 // If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type then 3776 // the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type 3777 // with a trivial copy constructor ([class.copy]) then the trait 3778 // is true, else it is false. 3779 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType()) 3780 return true; 3781 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3782 return RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() && 3783 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor(); 3784 return false; 3785 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign: 3786 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the 3787 // standard library headers. Specifically it is used as the logic 3788 // behind std::is_trivially_move_assignable (20.9.4.3) 3789 if (T.isPODType(C)) 3790 return true; 3791 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3792 return RD->hasTrivialMoveAssignment() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment(); 3793 return false; 3794 case UTT_HasTrivialAssign: 3795 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 3796 // If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the 3797 // trait is false. Otherwise if __is_pod (type) is true then the 3798 // trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type with 3799 // a trivial copy assignment ([class.copy]) then the trait is 3800 // true, else it is false. 3801 // Note: the const and reference restrictions are interesting, 3802 // given that const and reference members don't prevent a class 3803 // from having a trivial copy assignment operator (but do cause 3804 // errors if the copy assignment operator is actually used, q.v. 3805 // [class.copy]p12). 3806 3807 if (T.isConstQualified()) 3808 return false; 3809 if (T.isPODType(C)) 3810 return true; 3811 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3812 return RD->hasTrivialCopyAssignment() && 3813 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment(); 3814 return false; 3815 case UTT_IsDestructible: 3816 case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible: 3817 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 3818 // For reference types, is_destructible<T>::value is true. 3819 if (T->isReferenceType()) 3820 return true; 3821 3822 // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction. 3823 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() && 3824 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) 3825 return true; 3826 3827 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 3828 // For incomplete types and function types, is_destructible<T>::value is 3829 // false. 3830 if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType()) 3831 return false; 3832 3833 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 3834 // For object types and given U equal to remove_all_extents_t<T>, if the 3835 // expression std::declval<U&>().~U() is well-formed when treated as an 3836 // unevaluated operand (Clause 5), then is_destructible<T>::value is true 3837 if (auto *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 3838 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD); 3839 if (!Destructor) 3840 return false; 3841 // C++14 [dcl.fct.def.delete]p2: 3842 // A program that refers to a deleted function implicitly or 3843 // explicitly, other than to declare it, is ill-formed. 3844 if (Destructor->isDeleted()) 3845 return false; 3846 if (C.getLangOpts().AccessControl && Destructor->getAccess() != AS_public) 3847 return false; 3848 if (UTT == UTT_IsNothrowDestructible) { 3849 const FunctionProtoType *CPT = 3850 Destructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3851 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 3852 if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C)) 3853 return false; 3854 } 3855 } 3856 return true; 3857 3858 case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor: 3859 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html 3860 // If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type 3861 // then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union 3862 // type (or array thereof) with a trivial destructor 3863 // ([class.dtor]) then the trait is true, else it is 3864 // false. 3865 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType()) 3866 return true; 3867 3868 // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction. 3869 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() && 3870 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) 3871 return true; 3872 3873 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3874 return RD->hasTrivialDestructor(); 3875 return false; 3876 // TODO: Propagate nothrowness for implicitly declared special members. 3877 case UTT_HasNothrowAssign: 3878 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 3879 // If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the 3880 // trait is false. Otherwise if __has_trivial_assign (type) 3881 // is true then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class 3882 // or union type with copy assignment operators that are known 3883 // not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is 3884 // false. 3885 if (C.getBaseElementType(T).isConstQualified()) 3886 return false; 3887 if (T->isReferenceType()) 3888 return false; 3889 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) 3890 return true; 3891 3892 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) 3893 return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C, 3894 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment, 3895 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment, 3896 &CXXMethodDecl::isCopyAssignmentOperator); 3897 return false; 3898 case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign: 3899 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the 3900 // standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic 3901 // behind std::is_nothrow_move_assignable (20.9.4.3). 3902 if (T.isPODType(C)) 3903 return true; 3904 3905 if (const RecordType *RT = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>()) 3906 return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C, 3907 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialMoveAssignment, 3908 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment, 3909 &CXXMethodDecl::isMoveAssignmentOperator); 3910 return false; 3911 case UTT_HasNothrowCopy: 3912 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 3913 // If __has_trivial_copy (type) is true then the trait is true, else 3914 // if type is a cv class or union type with copy constructors that are 3915 // known not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is 3916 // false. 3917 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType() || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) 3918 return true; 3919 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 3920 if (RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() && 3921 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 3922 return true; 3923 3924 bool FoundConstructor = false; 3925 unsigned FoundTQs; 3926 for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) { 3927 // A template constructor is never a copy constructor. 3928 // FIXME: However, it may actually be selected at the actual overload 3929 // resolution point. 3930 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) 3931 continue; 3932 const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND); 3933 if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor(FoundTQs)) { 3934 FoundConstructor = true; 3935 const FunctionProtoType *CPT 3936 = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3937 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 3938 if (!CPT) 3939 return false; 3940 // TODO: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw. 3941 // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw. 3942 if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 1) 3943 return false; 3944 } 3945 } 3946 3947 return FoundConstructor; 3948 } 3949 return false; 3950 case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor: 3951 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html 3952 // If __has_trivial_constructor (type) is true then the trait is 3953 // true, else if type is a cv class or union type (or array 3954 // thereof) with a default constructor that is known not to 3955 // throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is false. 3956 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) 3957 return true; 3958 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 3959 if (RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() && 3960 !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 3961 return true; 3962 3963 bool FoundConstructor = false; 3964 for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) { 3965 // FIXME: In C++0x, a constructor template can be a default constructor. 3966 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) 3967 continue; 3968 const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND); 3969 if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) { 3970 FoundConstructor = true; 3971 const FunctionProtoType *CPT 3972 = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3973 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 3974 if (!CPT) 3975 return false; 3976 // FIXME: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw. 3977 // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw. 3978 if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 0) 3979 return false; 3980 } 3981 } 3982 return FoundConstructor; 3983 } 3984 return false; 3985 case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor: 3986 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 3987 // If type is a class type with a virtual destructor ([class.dtor]) 3988 // then the trait is true, else it is false. 3989 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3990 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD)) 3991 return Destructor->isVirtual(); 3992 return false; 3993 3994 // These type trait expressions are modeled on the specifications for the 3995 // Embarcadero C++0x type trait functions: 3996 // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index 3997 case UTT_IsCompleteType: 3998 // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Is_complete_type_(typename_T_): 3999 // Returns True if and only if T is a complete type at the point of the 4000 // function call. 4001 return !T->isIncompleteType(); 4002 } 4003 } 4004 4005 /// \brief Determine whether T has a non-trivial Objective-C lifetime in 4006 /// ARC mode. 4007 static bool hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(QualType T) { 4008 switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) { 4009 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 4010 return false; 4011 4012 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 4013 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 4014 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 4015 return true; 4016 4017 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 4018 return T->isObjCLifetimeType(); 4019 } 4020 4021 llvm_unreachable("Unknown ObjC lifetime qualifier"); 4022 } 4023 4024 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT, 4025 QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc); 4026 4027 static bool evaluateTypeTrait(Sema &S, TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4028 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4029 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 4030 if (Kind <= UTT_Last) 4031 return EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType()); 4032 4033 if (Kind <= BTT_Last) 4034 return EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, Args[0]->getType(), 4035 Args[1]->getType(), RParenLoc); 4036 4037 switch (Kind) { 4038 case clang::TT_IsConstructible: 4039 case clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible: 4040 case clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible: { 4041 // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]: 4042 // is_trivially_constructible is defined as: 4043 // 4044 // is_constructible<T, Args...>::value is true and the variable 4045 // definition for is_constructible, as defined below, is known to call 4046 // no operation that is not trivial. 4047 // 4048 // The predicate condition for a template specialization 4049 // is_constructible<T, Args...> shall be satisfied if and only if the 4050 // following variable definition would be well-formed for some invented 4051 // variable t: 4052 // 4053 // T t(create<Args>()...); 4054 assert(!Args.empty()); 4055 4056 // Precondition: T and all types in the parameter pack Args shall be 4057 // complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) void, or arrays of 4058 // unknown bound. 4059 for (const auto *TSI : Args) { 4060 QualType ArgTy = TSI->getType(); 4061 if (ArgTy->isVoidType() || ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType()) 4062 continue; 4063 4064 if (S.RequireCompleteType(KWLoc, ArgTy, 4065 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4066 return false; 4067 } 4068 4069 // Make sure the first argument is a complete type. 4070 if (Args[0]->getType()->isIncompleteType()) 4071 return false; 4072 4073 // Make sure the first argument is not an abstract type. 4074 CXXRecordDecl *RD = Args[0]->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 4075 if (RD && RD->isAbstract()) 4076 return false; 4077 4078 SmallVector<OpaqueValueExpr, 2> OpaqueArgExprs; 4079 SmallVector<Expr *, 2> ArgExprs; 4080 ArgExprs.reserve(Args.size() - 1); 4081 for (unsigned I = 1, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4082 QualType T = Args[I]->getType(); 4083 if (T->isObjectType() || T->isFunctionType()) 4084 T = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(T); 4085 OpaqueArgExprs.push_back( 4086 OpaqueValueExpr(Args[I]->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(), 4087 T.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context), 4088 Expr::getValueKindForType(T))); 4089 } 4090 for (Expr &E : OpaqueArgExprs) 4091 ArgExprs.push_back(&E); 4092 4093 // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 4094 // trap at translation unit scope. 4095 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(S, Sema::Unevaluated); 4096 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(S, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); 4097 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(S, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 4098 InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Args[0])); 4099 InitializationKind InitKind(InitializationKind::CreateDirect(KWLoc, KWLoc, 4100 RParenLoc)); 4101 InitializationSequence Init(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs); 4102 if (Init.Failed()) 4103 return false; 4104 4105 ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs); 4106 if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred()) 4107 return false; 4108 4109 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsConstructible) 4110 return true; 4111 4112 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible) 4113 return S.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot; 4114 4115 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible) { 4116 // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C 4117 // lifetime, this is a non-trivial construction. 4118 if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 4119 hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(Args[0]->getType().getNonReferenceType())) 4120 return false; 4121 4122 // The initialization succeeded; now make sure there are no non-trivial 4123 // calls. 4124 return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(S.Context); 4125 } 4126 4127 llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait"); 4128 return false; 4129 } 4130 default: llvm_unreachable("not a TT"); 4131 } 4132 4133 return false; 4134 } 4135 4136 ExprResult Sema::BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4137 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4138 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 4139 QualType ResultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType(); 4140 4141 if (Kind <= UTT_Last && !CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness( 4142 *this, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType())) 4143 return ExprError(); 4144 4145 bool Dependent = false; 4146 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4147 if (Args[I]->getType()->isDependentType()) { 4148 Dependent = true; 4149 break; 4150 } 4151 } 4152 4153 bool Result = false; 4154 if (!Dependent) 4155 Result = evaluateTypeTrait(*this, Kind, KWLoc, Args, RParenLoc); 4156 4157 return TypeTraitExpr::Create(Context, ResultType, KWLoc, Kind, Args, 4158 RParenLoc, Result); 4159 } 4160 4161 ExprResult Sema::ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4162 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 4163 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 4164 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 4> ConvertedArgs; 4165 ConvertedArgs.reserve(Args.size()); 4166 4167 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4168 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4169 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Args[I], &TInfo); 4170 if (!TInfo) 4171 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, KWLoc); 4172 4173 ConvertedArgs.push_back(TInfo); 4174 } 4175 4176 return BuildTypeTrait(Kind, KWLoc, ConvertedArgs, RParenLoc); 4177 } 4178 4179 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT, 4180 QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc) { 4181 assert(!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType() && 4182 "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent types"); 4183 4184 switch(BTT) { 4185 case BTT_IsBaseOf: { 4186 // C++0x [meta.rel]p2 4187 // Base is a base class of Derived without regard to cv-qualifiers or 4188 // Base and Derived are not unions and name the same class type without 4189 // regard to cv-qualifiers. 4190 4191 const RecordType *lhsRecord = LhsT->getAs<RecordType>(); 4192 if (!lhsRecord) return false; 4193 4194 const RecordType *rhsRecord = RhsT->getAs<RecordType>(); 4195 if (!rhsRecord) return false; 4196 4197 assert(Self.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LhsT, RhsT) 4198 == (lhsRecord == rhsRecord)); 4199 4200 if (lhsRecord == rhsRecord) 4201 return !lhsRecord->getDecl()->isUnion(); 4202 4203 // C++0x [meta.rel]p2: 4204 // If Base and Derived are class types and are different types 4205 // (ignoring possible cv-qualifiers) then Derived shall be a 4206 // complete type. 4207 if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 4208 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4209 return false; 4210 4211 return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(rhsRecord->getDecl()) 4212 ->isDerivedFrom(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(lhsRecord->getDecl())); 4213 } 4214 case BTT_IsSame: 4215 return Self.Context.hasSameType(LhsT, RhsT); 4216 case BTT_TypeCompatible: 4217 return Self.Context.typesAreCompatible(LhsT.getUnqualifiedType(), 4218 RhsT.getUnqualifiedType()); 4219 case BTT_IsConvertible: 4220 case BTT_IsConvertibleTo: { 4221 // C++0x [meta.rel]p4: 4222 // Given the following function prototype: 4223 // 4224 // template <class T> 4225 // typename add_rvalue_reference<T>::type create(); 4226 // 4227 // the predicate condition for a template specialization 4228 // is_convertible<From, To> shall be satisfied if and only if 4229 // the return expression in the following code would be 4230 // well-formed, including any implicit conversions to the return 4231 // type of the function: 4232 // 4233 // To test() { 4234 // return create<From>(); 4235 // } 4236 // 4237 // Access checking is performed as if in a context unrelated to To and 4238 // From. Only the validity of the immediate context of the expression 4239 // of the return-statement (including conversions to the return type) 4240 // is considered. 4241 // 4242 // We model the initialization as a copy-initialization of a temporary 4243 // of the appropriate type, which for this expression is identical to the 4244 // return statement (since NRVO doesn't apply). 4245 4246 // Functions aren't allowed to return function or array types. 4247 if (RhsT->isFunctionType() || RhsT->isArrayType()) 4248 return false; 4249 4250 // A return statement in a void function must have void type. 4251 if (RhsT->isVoidType()) 4252 return LhsT->isVoidType(); 4253 4254 // A function definition requires a complete, non-abstract return type. 4255 if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 0) || 4256 Self.RequireNonAbstractType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 0)) 4257 return false; 4258 4259 // Compute the result of add_rvalue_reference. 4260 if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType()) 4261 LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT); 4262 4263 // Build a fake source and destination for initialization. 4264 InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(RhsT)); 4265 OpaqueValueExpr From(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), 4266 Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT)); 4267 Expr *FromPtr = &From; 4268 InitializationKind Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(KeyLoc, 4269 SourceLocation())); 4270 4271 // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 4272 // trap at translation unit scope. 4273 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated); 4274 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); 4275 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 4276 InitializationSequence Init(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr); 4277 if (Init.Failed()) 4278 return false; 4279 4280 ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr); 4281 return !Result.isInvalid() && !SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred(); 4282 } 4283 4284 case BTT_IsNothrowAssignable: 4285 case BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable: { 4286 // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]p3: 4287 // is_trivially_assignable is defined as: 4288 // is_assignable<T, U>::value is true and the assignment, as defined by 4289 // is_assignable, is known to call no operation that is not trivial 4290 // 4291 // is_assignable is defined as: 4292 // The expression declval<T>() = declval<U>() is well-formed when 4293 // treated as an unevaluated operand (Clause 5). 4294 // 4295 // For both, T and U shall be complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) 4296 // void, or arrays of unknown bound. 4297 if (!LhsT->isVoidType() && !LhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() && 4298 Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, LhsT, 4299 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4300 return false; 4301 if (!RhsT->isVoidType() && !RhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() && 4302 Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 4303 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4304 return false; 4305 4306 // cv void is never assignable. 4307 if (LhsT->isVoidType() || RhsT->isVoidType()) 4308 return false; 4309 4310 // Build expressions that emulate the effect of declval<T>() and 4311 // declval<U>(). 4312 if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType()) 4313 LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT); 4314 if (RhsT->isObjectType() || RhsT->isFunctionType()) 4315 RhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(RhsT); 4316 OpaqueValueExpr Lhs(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), 4317 Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT)); 4318 OpaqueValueExpr Rhs(KeyLoc, RhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), 4319 Expr::getValueKindForType(RhsT)); 4320 4321 // Attempt the assignment in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 4322 // trap at translation unit scope. 4323 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated); 4324 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); 4325 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 4326 ExprResult Result = Self.BuildBinOp(/*S=*/nullptr, KeyLoc, BO_Assign, &Lhs, 4327 &Rhs); 4328 if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred()) 4329 return false; 4330 4331 if (BTT == BTT_IsNothrowAssignable) 4332 return Self.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot; 4333 4334 if (BTT == BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable) { 4335 // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C 4336 // lifetime, this is a non-trivial assignment. 4337 if (Self.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 4338 hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(LhsT.getNonReferenceType())) 4339 return false; 4340 4341 return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(Self.Context); 4342 } 4343 4344 llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait"); 4345 return false; 4346 } 4347 default: llvm_unreachable("not a BTT"); 4348 } 4349 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented"); 4350 } 4351 4352 ExprResult Sema::ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4353 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4354 ParsedType Ty, 4355 Expr* DimExpr, 4356 SourceLocation RParen) { 4357 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo; 4358 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TSInfo); 4359 if (!TSInfo) 4360 TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 4361 4362 return BuildArrayTypeTrait(ATT, KWLoc, TSInfo, DimExpr, RParen); 4363 } 4364 4365 static uint64_t EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(Sema &Self, ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4366 QualType T, Expr *DimExpr, 4367 SourceLocation KeyLoc) { 4368 assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type"); 4369 4370 switch(ATT) { 4371 case ATT_ArrayRank: 4372 if (T->isArrayType()) { 4373 unsigned Dim = 0; 4374 while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) { 4375 ++Dim; 4376 T = AT->getElementType(); 4377 } 4378 return Dim; 4379 } 4380 return 0; 4381 4382 case ATT_ArrayExtent: { 4383 llvm::APSInt Value; 4384 uint64_t Dim; 4385 if (Self.VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(DimExpr, &Value, 4386 diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer, 4387 false).isInvalid()) 4388 return 0; 4389 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 4390 Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer) 4391 << DimExpr->getSourceRange(); 4392 return 0; 4393 } 4394 Dim = Value.getLimitedValue(); 4395 4396 if (T->isArrayType()) { 4397 unsigned D = 0; 4398 bool Matched = false; 4399 while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) { 4400 if (Dim == D) { 4401 Matched = true; 4402 break; 4403 } 4404 ++D; 4405 T = AT->getElementType(); 4406 } 4407 4408 if (Matched && T->isArrayType()) { 4409 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Self.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(T)) 4410 return CAT->getSize().getLimitedValue(); 4411 } 4412 } 4413 return 0; 4414 } 4415 } 4416 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented"); 4417 } 4418 4419 ExprResult Sema::BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4420 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4421 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 4422 Expr* DimExpr, 4423 SourceLocation RParen) { 4424 QualType T = TSInfo->getType(); 4425 4426 // FIXME: This should likely be tracked as an APInt to remove any host 4427 // assumptions about the width of size_t on the target. 4428 uint64_t Value = 0; 4429 if (!T->isDependentType()) 4430 Value = EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(*this, ATT, T, DimExpr, KWLoc); 4431 4432 // While the specification for these traits from the Embarcadero C++ 4433 // compiler's documentation says the return type is 'unsigned int', Clang 4434 // returns 'size_t'. On Windows, the primary platform for the Embarcadero 4435 // compiler, there is no difference. On several other platforms this is an 4436 // important distinction. 4437 return new (Context) ArrayTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, ATT, TSInfo, Value, DimExpr, 4438 RParen, Context.getSizeType()); 4439 } 4440 4441 ExprResult Sema::ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, 4442 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4443 Expr *Queried, 4444 SourceLocation RParen) { 4445 // If error parsing the expression, ignore. 4446 if (!Queried) 4447 return ExprError(); 4448 4449 ExprResult Result = BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, Queried, RParen); 4450 4451 return Result; 4452 } 4453 4454 static bool EvaluateExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, Expr *E) { 4455 switch (ET) { 4456 case ET_IsLValueExpr: return E->isLValue(); 4457 case ET_IsRValueExpr: return E->isRValue(); 4458 } 4459 llvm_unreachable("Expression trait not covered by switch"); 4460 } 4461 4462 ExprResult Sema::BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, 4463 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4464 Expr *Queried, 4465 SourceLocation RParen) { 4466 if (Queried->isTypeDependent()) { 4467 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions. 4468 } else if (Queried->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) { 4469 ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Queried); 4470 if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 4471 return BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, PE.get(), RParen); 4472 } 4473 4474 bool Value = EvaluateExpressionTrait(ET, Queried); 4475 4476 return new (Context) 4477 ExpressionTraitExpr(KWLoc, ET, Queried, Value, RParen, Context.BoolTy); 4478 } 4479 4480 QualType Sema::CheckPointerToMemberOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 4481 ExprValueKind &VK, 4482 SourceLocation Loc, 4483 bool isIndirect) { 4484 assert(!LHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() && 4485 !RHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() && 4486 "placeholders should have been weeded out by now"); 4487 4488 // The LHS undergoes lvalue conversions if this is ->*. 4489 if (isIndirect) { 4490 LHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); 4491 if (LHS.isInvalid()) return QualType(); 4492 } 4493 4494 // The RHS always undergoes lvalue conversions. 4495 RHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); 4496 if (RHS.isInvalid()) return QualType(); 4497 4498 const char *OpSpelling = isIndirect ? "->*" : ".*"; 4499 // C++ 5.5p2 4500 // The binary operator .* [p3: ->*] binds its second operand, which shall 4501 // be of type "pointer to member of T" (where T is a completely-defined 4502 // class type) [...] 4503 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); 4504 const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = RHSType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); 4505 if (!MemPtr) { 4506 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_rhs) 4507 << OpSpelling << RHSType << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4508 return QualType(); 4509 } 4510 4511 QualType Class(MemPtr->getClass(), 0); 4512 4513 // Note: C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p2-3 says that the class type into which the 4514 // member pointer points must be completely-defined. However, there is no 4515 // reason for this semantic distinction, and the rule is not enforced by 4516 // other compilers. Therefore, we do not check this property, as it is 4517 // likely to be considered a defect. 4518 4519 // C++ 5.5p2 4520 // [...] to its first operand, which shall be of class T or of a class of 4521 // which T is an unambiguous and accessible base class. [p3: a pointer to 4522 // such a class] 4523 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); 4524 if (isIndirect) { 4525 if (const PointerType *Ptr = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>()) 4526 LHSType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 4527 else { 4528 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) 4529 << OpSpelling << 1 << LHSType 4530 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ".*"); 4531 return QualType(); 4532 } 4533 } 4534 4535 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Class, LHSType)) { 4536 // If we want to check the hierarchy, we need a complete type. 4537 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, LHSType, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs, 4538 OpSpelling, (int)isIndirect)) { 4539 return QualType(); 4540 } 4541 4542 if (!IsDerivedFrom(LHSType, Class)) { 4543 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) << OpSpelling 4544 << (int)isIndirect << LHS.get()->getType(); 4545 return QualType(); 4546 } 4547 4548 CXXCastPath BasePath; 4549 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(LHSType, Class, Loc, 4550 SourceRange(LHS.get()->getLocStart(), 4551 RHS.get()->getLocEnd()), 4552 &BasePath)) 4553 return QualType(); 4554 4555 // Cast LHS to type of use. 4556 QualType UseType = isIndirect ? Context.getPointerType(Class) : Class; 4557 ExprValueKind VK = isIndirect ? VK_RValue : LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 4558 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), UseType, CK_DerivedToBase, VK, 4559 &BasePath); 4560 } 4561 4562 if (isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParens())) { 4563 // Diagnose use of pointer-to-member type which when used as 4564 // the functional cast in a pointer-to-member expression. 4565 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_type) << isIndirect; 4566 return QualType(); 4567 } 4568 4569 // C++ 5.5p2 4570 // The result is an object or a function of the type specified by the 4571 // second operand. 4572 // The cv qualifiers are the union of those in the pointer and the left side, 4573 // in accordance with 5.5p5 and 5.2.5. 4574 QualType Result = MemPtr->getPointeeType(); 4575 Result = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(Result, LHSType.getCVRQualifiers()); 4576 4577 // C++0x [expr.mptr.oper]p6: 4578 // In a .* expression whose object expression is an rvalue, the program is 4579 // ill-formed if the second operand is a pointer to member function with 4580 // ref-qualifier &. In a ->* expression or in a .* expression whose object 4581 // expression is an lvalue, the program is ill-formed if the second operand 4582 // is a pointer to member function with ref-qualifier &&. 4583 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Result->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 4584 switch (Proto->getRefQualifier()) { 4585 case RQ_None: 4586 // Do nothing 4587 break; 4588 4589 case RQ_LValue: 4590 if (!isIndirect && !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isLValue()) 4591 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify) 4592 << RHSType << 1 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4593 break; 4594 4595 case RQ_RValue: 4596 if (isIndirect || !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isRValue()) 4597 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify) 4598 << RHSType << 0 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4599 break; 4600 } 4601 } 4602 4603 // C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p6: 4604 // The result of a .* expression whose second operand is a pointer 4605 // to a data member is of the same value category as its 4606 // first operand. The result of a .* expression whose second 4607 // operand is a pointer to a member function is a prvalue. The 4608 // result of an ->* expression is an lvalue if its second operand 4609 // is a pointer to data member and a prvalue otherwise. 4610 if (Result->isFunctionType()) { 4611 VK = VK_RValue; 4612 return Context.BoundMemberTy; 4613 } else if (isIndirect) { 4614 VK = VK_LValue; 4615 } else { 4616 VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 4617 } 4618 4619 return Result; 4620 } 4621 4622 /// \brief Try to convert a type to another according to C++0x 5.16p3. 4623 /// 4624 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either 4625 /// value operand is a class type, the two operands are attempted to be 4626 /// converted to each other. This function does the conversion in one direction. 4627 /// It returns true if the program is ill-formed and has already been diagnosed 4628 /// as such. 4629 static bool TryClassUnification(Sema &Self, Expr *From, Expr *To, 4630 SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 4631 bool &HaveConversion, 4632 QualType &ToType) { 4633 HaveConversion = false; 4634 ToType = To->getType(); 4635 4636 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(To->getLocStart(), 4637 SourceLocation()); 4638 // C++0x 5.16p3 4639 // The process for determining whether an operand expression E1 of type T1 4640 // can be converted to match an operand expression E2 of type T2 is defined 4641 // as follows: 4642 // -- If E2 is an lvalue: 4643 bool ToIsLvalue = To->isLValue(); 4644 if (ToIsLvalue) { 4645 // E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be implicitly converted to 4646 // type "lvalue reference to T2", subject to the constraint that in the 4647 // conversion the reference must bind directly to E1. 4648 QualType T = Self.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ToType); 4649 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T); 4650 4651 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4652 if (InitSeq.isDirectReferenceBinding()) { 4653 ToType = T; 4654 HaveConversion = true; 4655 return false; 4656 } 4657 4658 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) 4659 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4660 } 4661 4662 // -- If E2 is an rvalue, or if the conversion above cannot be done: 4663 // -- if E1 and E2 have class type, and the underlying class types are 4664 // the same or one is a base class of the other: 4665 QualType FTy = From->getType(); 4666 QualType TTy = To->getType(); 4667 const RecordType *FRec = FTy->getAs<RecordType>(); 4668 const RecordType *TRec = TTy->getAs<RecordType>(); 4669 bool FDerivedFromT = FRec && TRec && FRec != TRec && 4670 Self.IsDerivedFrom(FTy, TTy); 4671 if (FRec && TRec && 4672 (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT || Self.IsDerivedFrom(TTy, FTy))) { 4673 // E1 can be converted to match E2 if the class of T2 is the 4674 // same type as, or a base class of, the class of T1, and 4675 // [cv2 > cv1]. 4676 if (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT) { 4677 if (TTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FTy)) { 4678 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy); 4679 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4680 if (InitSeq) { 4681 HaveConversion = true; 4682 return false; 4683 } 4684 4685 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) 4686 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4687 } 4688 } 4689 4690 return false; 4691 } 4692 4693 // -- Otherwise: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be 4694 // implicitly converted to the type that expression E2 would have 4695 // if E2 were converted to an rvalue (or the type it has, if E2 is 4696 // an rvalue). 4697 // 4698 // This actually refers very narrowly to the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, not 4699 // to the array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer conversions. 4700 if (!TTy->getAs<TagType>()) 4701 TTy = TTy.getUnqualifiedType(); 4702 4703 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy); 4704 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4705 HaveConversion = !InitSeq.Failed(); 4706 ToType = TTy; 4707 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) 4708 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4709 4710 return false; 4711 } 4712 4713 /// \brief Try to find a common type for two according to C++0x 5.16p5. 4714 /// 4715 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either 4716 /// value operand is a class type, overload resolution is used to find a 4717 /// conversion to a common type. 4718 static bool FindConditionalOverload(Sema &Self, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 4719 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { 4720 Expr *Args[2] = { LHS.get(), RHS.get() }; 4721 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(QuestionLoc, 4722 OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator); 4723 Self.AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Conditional, QuestionLoc, Args, 4724 CandidateSet); 4725 4726 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; 4727 switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(Self, QuestionLoc, Best)) { 4728 case OR_Success: { 4729 // We found a match. Perform the conversions on the arguments and move on. 4730 ExprResult LHSRes = 4731 Self.PerformImplicitConversion(LHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0], 4732 Best->Conversions[0], Sema::AA_Converting); 4733 if (LHSRes.isInvalid()) 4734 break; 4735 LHS = LHSRes; 4736 4737 ExprResult RHSRes = 4738 Self.PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1], 4739 Best->Conversions[1], Sema::AA_Converting); 4740 if (RHSRes.isInvalid()) 4741 break; 4742 RHS = RHSRes; 4743 if (Best->Function) 4744 Self.MarkFunctionReferenced(QuestionLoc, Best->Function); 4745 return false; 4746 } 4747 4748 case OR_No_Viable_Function: 4749 4750 // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer 4751 // constant and the other is a pointer type. In this case, the user most 4752 // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression. 4753 if (Self.DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc)) 4754 return true; 4755 4756 Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) 4757 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 4758 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4759 return true; 4760 4761 case OR_Ambiguous: 4762 Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous_ovl) 4763 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 4764 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4765 // FIXME: Print the possible common types by printing the return types of 4766 // the viable candidates. 4767 break; 4768 4769 case OR_Deleted: 4770 llvm_unreachable("Conditional operator has only built-in overloads"); 4771 } 4772 return true; 4773 } 4774 4775 /// \brief Perform an "extended" implicit conversion as returned by 4776 /// TryClassUnification. 4777 static bool ConvertForConditional(Sema &Self, ExprResult &E, QualType T) { 4778 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T); 4779 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(E.get()->getLocStart(), 4780 SourceLocation()); 4781 Expr *Arg = E.get(); 4782 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg); 4783 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg); 4784 if (Result.isInvalid()) 4785 return true; 4786 4787 E = Result; 4788 return false; 4789 } 4790 4791 /// \brief Check the operands of ?: under C++ semantics. 4792 /// 4793 /// See C++ [expr.cond]. Note that LHS is never null, even for the GNU x ?: y 4794 /// extension. In this case, LHS == Cond. (But they're not aliases.) 4795 QualType Sema::CXXCheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, 4796 ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 4797 ExprObjectKind &OK, 4798 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { 4799 // FIXME: Handle C99's complex types, vector types, block pointers and Obj-C++ 4800 // interface pointers. 4801 4802 // C++11 [expr.cond]p1 4803 // The first expression is contextually converted to bool. 4804 if (!Cond.get()->isTypeDependent()) { 4805 ExprResult CondRes = CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Cond.get()); 4806 if (CondRes.isInvalid()) 4807 return QualType(); 4808 Cond = CondRes; 4809 } 4810 4811 // Assume r-value. 4812 VK = VK_RValue; 4813 OK = OK_Ordinary; 4814 4815 // Either of the arguments dependent? 4816 if (LHS.get()->isTypeDependent() || RHS.get()->isTypeDependent()) 4817 return Context.DependentTy; 4818 4819 // C++11 [expr.cond]p2 4820 // If either the second or the third operand has type (cv) void, ... 4821 QualType LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 4822 QualType RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 4823 bool LVoid = LTy->isVoidType(); 4824 bool RVoid = RTy->isVoidType(); 4825 if (LVoid || RVoid) { 4826 // ... one of the following shall hold: 4827 // -- The second or the third operand (but not both) is a (possibly 4828 // parenthesized) throw-expression; the result is of the type 4829 // and value category of the other. 4830 bool LThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 4831 bool RThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 4832 if (LThrow != RThrow) { 4833 Expr *NonThrow = LThrow ? RHS.get() : LHS.get(); 4834 VK = NonThrow->getValueKind(); 4835 // DR (no number yet): the result is a bit-field if the 4836 // non-throw-expression operand is a bit-field. 4837 OK = NonThrow->getObjectKind(); 4838 return NonThrow->getType(); 4839 } 4840 4841 // -- Both the second and third operands have type void; the result is of 4842 // type void and is a prvalue. 4843 if (LVoid && RVoid) 4844 return Context.VoidTy; 4845 4846 // Neither holds, error. 4847 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_void_nonvoid) 4848 << (LVoid ? RTy : LTy) << (LVoid ? 0 : 1) 4849 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4850 return QualType(); 4851 } 4852 4853 // Neither is void. 4854 4855 // C++11 [expr.cond]p3 4856 // Otherwise, if the second and third operand have different types, and 4857 // either has (cv) class type [...] an attempt is made to convert each of 4858 // those operands to the type of the other. 4859 if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && 4860 (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) { 4861 // These return true if a single direction is already ambiguous. 4862 QualType L2RType, R2LType; 4863 bool HaveL2R, HaveR2L; 4864 if (TryClassUnification(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveL2R, L2RType)) 4865 return QualType(); 4866 if (TryClassUnification(*this, RHS.get(), LHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveR2L, R2LType)) 4867 return QualType(); 4868 4869 // If both can be converted, [...] the program is ill-formed. 4870 if (HaveL2R && HaveR2L) { 4871 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous) 4872 << LTy << RTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4873 return QualType(); 4874 } 4875 4876 // If exactly one conversion is possible, that conversion is applied to 4877 // the chosen operand and the converted operands are used in place of the 4878 // original operands for the remainder of this section. 4879 if (HaveL2R) { 4880 if (ConvertForConditional(*this, LHS, L2RType) || LHS.isInvalid()) 4881 return QualType(); 4882 LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 4883 } else if (HaveR2L) { 4884 if (ConvertForConditional(*this, RHS, R2LType) || RHS.isInvalid()) 4885 return QualType(); 4886 RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 4887 } 4888 } 4889 4890 // C++11 [expr.cond]p3 4891 // if both are glvalues of the same value category and the same type except 4892 // for cv-qualification, an attempt is made to convert each of those 4893 // operands to the type of the other. 4894 ExprValueKind LVK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 4895 ExprValueKind RVK = RHS.get()->getValueKind(); 4896 if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && 4897 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LTy, RTy) && 4898 LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue) { 4899 // Since the unqualified types are reference-related and we require the 4900 // result to be as if a reference bound directly, the only conversion 4901 // we can perform is to add cv-qualifiers. 4902 Qualifiers LCVR = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(LTy.getCVRQualifiers()); 4903 Qualifiers RCVR = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(RTy.getCVRQualifiers()); 4904 if (RCVR.isStrictSupersetOf(LCVR)) { 4905 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RTy, CK_NoOp, LVK); 4906 LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 4907 } 4908 else if (LCVR.isStrictSupersetOf(RCVR)) { 4909 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LTy, CK_NoOp, RVK); 4910 RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 4911 } 4912 } 4913 4914 // C++11 [expr.cond]p4 4915 // If the second and third operands are glvalues of the same value 4916 // category and have the same type, the result is of that type and 4917 // value category and it is a bit-field if the second or the third 4918 // operand is a bit-field, or if both are bit-fields. 4919 // We only extend this to bitfields, not to the crazy other kinds of 4920 // l-values. 4921 bool Same = Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy); 4922 if (Same && LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue && 4923 LHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() && 4924 RHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()) { 4925 VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 4926 if (LHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField || 4927 RHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField) 4928 OK = OK_BitField; 4929 return LTy; 4930 } 4931 4932 // C++11 [expr.cond]p5 4933 // Otherwise, the result is a prvalue. If the second and third operands 4934 // do not have the same type, and either has (cv) class type, ... 4935 if (!Same && (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) { 4936 // ... overload resolution is used to determine the conversions (if any) 4937 // to be applied to the operands. If the overload resolution fails, the 4938 // program is ill-formed. 4939 if (FindConditionalOverload(*this, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc)) 4940 return QualType(); 4941 } 4942 4943 // C++11 [expr.cond]p6 4944 // Lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer standard 4945 // conversions are performed on the second and third operands. 4946 LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); 4947 RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); 4948 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) 4949 return QualType(); 4950 LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 4951 RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 4952 4953 // After those conversions, one of the following shall hold: 4954 // -- The second and third operands have the same type; the result 4955 // is of that type. If the operands have class type, the result 4956 // is a prvalue temporary of the result type, which is 4957 // copy-initialized from either the second operand or the third 4958 // operand depending on the value of the first operand. 4959 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RTy)) { 4960 if (LTy->isRecordType()) { 4961 // The operands have class type. Make a temporary copy. 4962 if (RequireNonAbstractType(QuestionLoc, LTy, 4963 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 4964 return QualType(); 4965 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LTy); 4966 4967 ExprResult LHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, 4968 SourceLocation(), 4969 LHS); 4970 if (LHSCopy.isInvalid()) 4971 return QualType(); 4972 4973 ExprResult RHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, 4974 SourceLocation(), 4975 RHS); 4976 if (RHSCopy.isInvalid()) 4977 return QualType(); 4978 4979 LHS = LHSCopy; 4980 RHS = RHSCopy; 4981 } 4982 4983 return LTy; 4984 } 4985 4986 // Extension: conditional operator involving vector types. 4987 if (LTy->isVectorType() || RTy->isVectorType()) 4988 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false, 4989 /*AllowBothBool*/true, 4990 /*AllowBoolConversions*/false); 4991 4992 // -- The second and third operands have arithmetic or enumeration type; 4993 // the usual arithmetic conversions are performed to bring them to a 4994 // common type, and the result is of that type. 4995 if (LTy->isArithmeticType() && RTy->isArithmeticType()) { 4996 QualType ResTy = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS); 4997 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) 4998 return QualType(); 4999 5000 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(LHS, ResTy)); 5001 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(RHS, ResTy)); 5002 5003 return ResTy; 5004 } 5005 5006 // -- The second and third operands have pointer type, or one has pointer 5007 // type and the other is a null pointer constant, or both are null 5008 // pointer constants, at least one of which is non-integral; pointer 5009 // conversions and qualification conversions are performed to bring them 5010 // to their composite pointer type. The result is of the composite 5011 // pointer type. 5012 // -- The second and third operands have pointer to member type, or one has 5013 // pointer to member type and the other is a null pointer constant; 5014 // pointer to member conversions and qualification conversions are 5015 // performed to bring them to a common type, whose cv-qualification 5016 // shall match the cv-qualification of either the second or the third 5017 // operand. The result is of the common type. 5018 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false; 5019 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS, 5020 isSFINAEContext() ? nullptr 5021 : &NonStandardCompositeType); 5022 if (!Composite.isNull()) { 5023 if (NonStandardCompositeType) 5024 Diag(QuestionLoc, 5025 diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands_nonstandard) 5026 << LTy << RTy << Composite 5027 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5028 5029 return Composite; 5030 } 5031 5032 // Similarly, attempt to find composite type of two objective-c pointers. 5033 Composite = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc); 5034 if (!Composite.isNull()) 5035 return Composite; 5036 5037 // Check if we are using a null with a non-pointer type. 5038 if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc)) 5039 return QualType(); 5040 5041 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) 5042 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 5043 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5044 return QualType(); 5045 } 5046 5047 /// \brief Find a merged pointer type and convert the two expressions to it. 5048 /// 5049 /// This finds the composite pointer type (or member pointer type) for @p E1 5050 /// and @p E2 according to C++11 5.9p2. It converts both expressions to this 5051 /// type and returns it. 5052 /// It does not emit diagnostics. 5053 /// 5054 /// \param Loc The location of the operator requiring these two expressions to 5055 /// be converted to the composite pointer type. 5056 /// 5057 /// If \p NonStandardCompositeType is non-NULL, then we are permitted to find 5058 /// a non-standard (but still sane) composite type to which both expressions 5059 /// can be converted. When such a type is chosen, \c *NonStandardCompositeType 5060 /// will be set true. 5061 QualType Sema::FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 5062 Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 5063 bool *NonStandardCompositeType) { 5064 if (NonStandardCompositeType) 5065 *NonStandardCompositeType = false; 5066 5067 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "This function assumes C++"); 5068 QualType T1 = E1->getType(), T2 = E2->getType(); 5069 5070 // C++11 5.9p2 5071 // Pointer conversions and qualification conversions are performed on 5072 // pointer operands to bring them to their composite pointer type. If 5073 // one operand is a null pointer constant, the composite pointer type is 5074 // std::nullptr_t if the other operand is also a null pointer constant or, 5075 // if the other operand is a pointer, the type of the other operand. 5076 if (!T1->isAnyPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType() && 5077 !T2->isAnyPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType()) { 5078 if (T1->isNullPtrType() && 5079 E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5080 E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5081 return T1; 5082 } 5083 if (T2->isNullPtrType() && 5084 E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5085 E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5086 return T2; 5087 } 5088 return QualType(); 5089 } 5090 5091 if (E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5092 if (T2->isMemberPointerType()) 5093 E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToMemberPointer).get(); 5094 else 5095 E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5096 return T2; 5097 } 5098 if (E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5099 if (T1->isMemberPointerType()) 5100 E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToMemberPointer).get(); 5101 else 5102 E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5103 return T1; 5104 } 5105 5106 // Now both have to be pointers or member pointers. 5107 if ((!T1->isPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType()) || 5108 (!T2->isPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType())) 5109 return QualType(); 5110 5111 // Otherwise, of one of the operands has type "pointer to cv1 void," then 5112 // the other has type "pointer to cv2 T" and the composite pointer type is 5113 // "pointer to cv12 void," where cv12 is the union of cv1 and cv2. 5114 // Otherwise, the composite pointer type is a pointer type similar to the 5115 // type of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature that is 5116 // the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand types. 5117 // In practice, the first part here is redundant; it's subsumed by the second. 5118 // What we do here is, we build the two possible composite types, and try the 5119 // conversions in both directions. If only one works, or if the two composite 5120 // types are the same, we have succeeded. 5121 // FIXME: extended qualifiers? 5122 typedef SmallVector<unsigned, 4> QualifierVector; 5123 QualifierVector QualifierUnion; 5124 typedef SmallVector<std::pair<const Type *, const Type *>, 4> 5125 ContainingClassVector; 5126 ContainingClassVector MemberOfClass; 5127 QualType Composite1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1), 5128 Composite2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2); 5129 unsigned NeedConstBefore = 0; 5130 do { 5131 const PointerType *Ptr1, *Ptr2; 5132 if ((Ptr1 = Composite1->getAs<PointerType>()) && 5133 (Ptr2 = Composite2->getAs<PointerType>())) { 5134 Composite1 = Ptr1->getPointeeType(); 5135 Composite2 = Ptr2->getPointeeType(); 5136 5137 // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track 5138 // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers. 5139 if (NonStandardCompositeType && 5140 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()) 5141 NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size(); 5142 5143 QualifierUnion.push_back( 5144 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()); 5145 MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(nullptr, nullptr)); 5146 continue; 5147 } 5148 5149 const MemberPointerType *MemPtr1, *MemPtr2; 5150 if ((MemPtr1 = Composite1->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) && 5151 (MemPtr2 = Composite2->getAs<MemberPointerType>())) { 5152 Composite1 = MemPtr1->getPointeeType(); 5153 Composite2 = MemPtr2->getPointeeType(); 5154 5155 // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track 5156 // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers. 5157 if (NonStandardCompositeType && 5158 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()) 5159 NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size(); 5160 5161 QualifierUnion.push_back( 5162 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()); 5163 MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(MemPtr1->getClass(), 5164 MemPtr2->getClass())); 5165 continue; 5166 } 5167 5168 // FIXME: block pointer types? 5169 5170 // Cannot unwrap any more types. 5171 break; 5172 } while (true); 5173 5174 if (NeedConstBefore && NonStandardCompositeType) { 5175 // Extension: Add 'const' to qualifiers that come before the first qualifier 5176 // mismatch, so that our (non-standard!) composite type meets the 5177 // requirements of C++ [conv.qual]p4 bullet 3. 5178 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NeedConstBefore; ++I) { 5179 if ((QualifierUnion[I] & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 5180 QualifierUnion[I] = QualifierUnion[I] | Qualifiers::Const; 5181 *NonStandardCompositeType = true; 5182 } 5183 } 5184 } 5185 5186 // Rewrap the composites as pointers or member pointers with the union CVRs. 5187 ContainingClassVector::reverse_iterator MOC 5188 = MemberOfClass.rbegin(); 5189 for (QualifierVector::reverse_iterator 5190 I = QualifierUnion.rbegin(), 5191 E = QualifierUnion.rend(); 5192 I != E; (void)++I, ++MOC) { 5193 Qualifiers Quals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(*I); 5194 if (MOC->first && MOC->second) { 5195 // Rebuild member pointer type 5196 Composite1 = Context.getMemberPointerType( 5197 Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals), 5198 MOC->first); 5199 Composite2 = Context.getMemberPointerType( 5200 Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals), 5201 MOC->second); 5202 } else { 5203 // Rebuild pointer type 5204 Composite1 5205 = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals)); 5206 Composite2 5207 = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals)); 5208 } 5209 } 5210 5211 // Try to convert to the first composite pointer type. 5212 InitializedEntity Entity1 5213 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite1); 5214 InitializationKind Kind 5215 = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Loc, SourceLocation()); 5216 InitializationSequence E1ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, E1); 5217 InitializationSequence E2ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, E2); 5218 5219 if (E1ToC1 && E2ToC1) { 5220 // Conversion to Composite1 is viable. 5221 if (!Context.hasSameType(Composite1, Composite2)) { 5222 // Composite2 is a different type from Composite1. Check whether 5223 // Composite2 is also viable. 5224 InitializedEntity Entity2 5225 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2); 5226 InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1); 5227 InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2); 5228 if (E1ToC2 && E2ToC2) { 5229 // Both Composite1 and Composite2 are viable and are different; 5230 // this is an ambiguity. 5231 return QualType(); 5232 } 5233 } 5234 5235 // Convert E1 to Composite1 5236 ExprResult E1Result 5237 = E1ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, E1); 5238 if (E1Result.isInvalid()) 5239 return QualType(); 5240 E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5241 5242 // Convert E2 to Composite1 5243 ExprResult E2Result 5244 = E2ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, E2); 5245 if (E2Result.isInvalid()) 5246 return QualType(); 5247 E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5248 5249 return Composite1; 5250 } 5251 5252 // Check whether Composite2 is viable. 5253 InitializedEntity Entity2 5254 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2); 5255 InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1); 5256 InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2); 5257 if (!E1ToC2 || !E2ToC2) 5258 return QualType(); 5259 5260 // Convert E1 to Composite2 5261 ExprResult E1Result 5262 = E1ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1); 5263 if (E1Result.isInvalid()) 5264 return QualType(); 5265 E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5266 5267 // Convert E2 to Composite2 5268 ExprResult E2Result 5269 = E2ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2); 5270 if (E2Result.isInvalid()) 5271 return QualType(); 5272 E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5273 5274 return Composite2; 5275 } 5276 5277 ExprResult Sema::MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E) { 5278 if (!E) 5279 return ExprError(); 5280 5281 assert(!isa<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E) && "Double-bound temporary?"); 5282 5283 // If the result is a glvalue, we shouldn't bind it. 5284 if (!E->isRValue()) 5285 return E; 5286 5287 // In ARC, calls that return a retainable type can return retained, 5288 // in which case we have to insert a consuming cast. 5289 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 5290 E->getType()->isObjCRetainableType()) { 5291 5292 bool ReturnsRetained; 5293 5294 // For actual calls, we compute this by examining the type of the 5295 // called value. 5296 if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) { 5297 Expr *Callee = Call->getCallee()->IgnoreParens(); 5298 QualType T = Callee->getType(); 5299 5300 if (T == Context.BoundMemberTy) { 5301 // Handle pointer-to-members. 5302 if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Callee)) 5303 T = BinOp->getRHS()->getType(); 5304 else if (MemberExpr *Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Callee)) 5305 T = Mem->getMemberDecl()->getType(); 5306 } 5307 5308 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 5309 T = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5310 else if (const BlockPointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) 5311 T = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5312 else if (const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 5313 T = MemPtr->getPointeeType(); 5314 5315 const FunctionType *FTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5316 assert(FTy && "call to value not of function type?"); 5317 ReturnsRetained = FTy->getExtInfo().getProducesResult(); 5318 5319 // ActOnStmtExpr arranges things so that StmtExprs of retainable 5320 // type always produce a +1 object. 5321 } else if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) { 5322 ReturnsRetained = true; 5323 5324 // We hit this case with the lambda conversion-to-block optimization; 5325 // we don't want any extra casts here. 5326 } else if (isa<CastExpr>(E) && 5327 isa<BlockExpr>(cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr())) { 5328 return E; 5329 5330 // For message sends and property references, we try to find an 5331 // actual method. FIXME: we should infer retention by selector in 5332 // cases where we don't have an actual method. 5333 } else { 5334 ObjCMethodDecl *D = nullptr; 5335 if (ObjCMessageExpr *Send = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) { 5336 D = Send->getMethodDecl(); 5337 } else if (ObjCBoxedExpr *BoxedExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)) { 5338 D = BoxedExpr->getBoxingMethod(); 5339 } else if (ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLit = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E)) { 5340 D = ArrayLit->getArrayWithObjectsMethod(); 5341 } else if (ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictLit 5342 = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E)) { 5343 D = DictLit->getDictWithObjectsMethod(); 5344 } 5345 5346 ReturnsRetained = (D && D->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>()); 5347 5348 // Don't do reclaims on performSelector calls; despite their 5349 // return type, the invoked method doesn't necessarily actually 5350 // return an object. 5351 if (!ReturnsRetained && 5352 D && D->getMethodFamily() == OMF_performSelector) 5353 return E; 5354 } 5355 5356 // Don't reclaim an object of Class type. 5357 if (!ReturnsRetained && E->getType()->isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType()) 5358 return E; 5359 5360 ExprNeedsCleanups = true; 5361 5362 CastKind ck = (ReturnsRetained ? CK_ARCConsumeObject 5363 : CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject); 5364 return ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, E->getType(), ck, E, nullptr, 5365 VK_RValue); 5366 } 5367 5368 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5369 return E; 5370 5371 // Search for the base element type (cf. ASTContext::getBaseElementType) with 5372 // a fast path for the common case that the type is directly a RecordType. 5373 const Type *T = Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType().getTypePtr()); 5374 const RecordType *RT = nullptr; 5375 while (!RT) { 5376 switch (T->getTypeClass()) { 5377 case Type::Record: 5378 RT = cast<RecordType>(T); 5379 break; 5380 case Type::ConstantArray: 5381 case Type::IncompleteArray: 5382 case Type::VariableArray: 5383 case Type::DependentSizedArray: 5384 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 5385 break; 5386 default: 5387 return E; 5388 } 5389 } 5390 5391 // That should be enough to guarantee that this type is complete, if we're 5392 // not processing a decltype expression. 5393 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 5394 if (RD->isInvalidDecl() || RD->isDependentContext()) 5395 return E; 5396 5397 bool IsDecltype = ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype; 5398 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = IsDecltype ? nullptr : LookupDestructor(RD); 5399 5400 if (Destructor) { 5401 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor); 5402 CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor, 5403 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp) 5404 << E->getType()); 5405 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc())) 5406 return ExprError(); 5407 5408 // If destructor is trivial, we can avoid the extra copy. 5409 if (Destructor->isTrivial()) 5410 return E; 5411 5412 // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary. 5413 ExprNeedsCleanups = true; 5414 } 5415 5416 CXXTemporary *Temp = CXXTemporary::Create(Context, Destructor); 5417 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = CXXBindTemporaryExpr::Create(Context, Temp, E); 5418 5419 if (IsDecltype) 5420 ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.push_back(Bind); 5421 5422 return Bind; 5423 } 5424 5425 ExprResult 5426 Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr) { 5427 if (SubExpr.isInvalid()) 5428 return ExprError(); 5429 5430 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(SubExpr.get()); 5431 } 5432 5433 Expr *Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr) { 5434 assert(SubExpr && "subexpression can't be null!"); 5435 5436 CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 5437 5438 unsigned FirstCleanup = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects; 5439 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() >= FirstCleanup); 5440 assert(ExprNeedsCleanups || ExprCleanupObjects.size() == FirstCleanup); 5441 if (!ExprNeedsCleanups) 5442 return SubExpr; 5443 5444 auto Cleanups = llvm::makeArrayRef(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + FirstCleanup, 5445 ExprCleanupObjects.size() - FirstCleanup); 5446 5447 Expr *E = ExprWithCleanups::Create(Context, SubExpr, Cleanups); 5448 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 5449 5450 return E; 5451 } 5452 5453 Stmt *Sema::MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt) { 5454 assert(SubStmt && "sub-statement can't be null!"); 5455 5456 CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 5457 5458 if (!ExprNeedsCleanups) 5459 return SubStmt; 5460 5461 // FIXME: In order to attach the temporaries, wrap the statement into 5462 // a StmtExpr; currently this is only used for asm statements. 5463 // This is hacky, either create a new CXXStmtWithTemporaries statement or 5464 // a new AsmStmtWithTemporaries. 5465 CompoundStmt *CompStmt = new (Context) CompoundStmt(Context, SubStmt, 5466 SourceLocation(), 5467 SourceLocation()); 5468 Expr *E = new (Context) StmtExpr(CompStmt, Context.VoidTy, SourceLocation(), 5469 SourceLocation()); 5470 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(E); 5471 } 5472 5473 /// Process the expression contained within a decltype. For such expressions, 5474 /// certain semantic checks on temporaries are delayed until this point, and 5475 /// are omitted for the 'topmost' call in the decltype expression. If the 5476 /// topmost call bound a temporary, strip that temporary off the expression. 5477 ExprResult Sema::ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E) { 5478 assert(ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype && "not in a decltype expression"); 5479 5480 // C++11 [expr.call]p11: 5481 // If a function call is a prvalue of object type, 5482 // -- if the function call is either 5483 // -- the operand of a decltype-specifier, or 5484 // -- the right operand of a comma operator that is the operand of a 5485 // decltype-specifier, 5486 // a temporary object is not introduced for the prvalue. 5487 5488 // Recursively rebuild ParenExprs and comma expressions to strip out the 5489 // outermost CXXBindTemporaryExpr, if any. 5490 if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) { 5491 ExprResult SubExpr = ActOnDecltypeExpression(PE->getSubExpr()); 5492 if (SubExpr.isInvalid()) 5493 return ExprError(); 5494 if (SubExpr.get() == PE->getSubExpr()) 5495 return E; 5496 return ActOnParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr.get()); 5497 } 5498 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 5499 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 5500 ExprResult RHS = ActOnDecltypeExpression(BO->getRHS()); 5501 if (RHS.isInvalid()) 5502 return ExprError(); 5503 if (RHS.get() == BO->getRHS()) 5504 return E; 5505 return new (Context) BinaryOperator( 5506 BO->getLHS(), RHS.get(), BO_Comma, BO->getType(), BO->getValueKind(), 5507 BO->getObjectKind(), BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->isFPContractable()); 5508 } 5509 } 5510 5511 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *TopBind = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E); 5512 CallExpr *TopCall = TopBind ? dyn_cast<CallExpr>(TopBind->getSubExpr()) 5513 : nullptr; 5514 if (TopCall) 5515 E = TopCall; 5516 else 5517 TopBind = nullptr; 5518 5519 // Disable the special decltype handling now. 5520 ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype = false; 5521 5522 // In MS mode, don't perform any extra checking of call return types within a 5523 // decltype expression. 5524 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 5525 return E; 5526 5527 // Perform the semantic checks we delayed until this point. 5528 for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.size(); 5529 I != N; ++I) { 5530 CallExpr *Call = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls[I]; 5531 if (Call == TopCall) 5532 continue; 5533 5534 if (CheckCallReturnType(Call->getCallReturnType(Context), 5535 Call->getLocStart(), 5536 Call, Call->getDirectCallee())) 5537 return ExprError(); 5538 } 5539 5540 // Now all relevant types are complete, check the destructors are accessible 5541 // and non-deleted, and annotate them on the temporaries. 5542 for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.size(); 5543 I != N; ++I) { 5544 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = 5545 ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds[I]; 5546 if (Bind == TopBind) 5547 continue; 5548 5549 CXXTemporary *Temp = Bind->getTemporary(); 5550 5551 CXXRecordDecl *RD = 5552 Bind->getType()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5553 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD); 5554 Temp->setDestructor(Destructor); 5555 5556 MarkFunctionReferenced(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor); 5557 CheckDestructorAccess(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor, 5558 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp) 5559 << Bind->getType()); 5560 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, Bind->getExprLoc())) 5561 return ExprError(); 5562 5563 // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary. 5564 ExprNeedsCleanups = true; 5565 } 5566 5567 // Possibly strip off the top CXXBindTemporaryExpr. 5568 return E; 5569 } 5570 5571 /// Note a set of 'operator->' functions that were used for a member access. 5572 static void noteOperatorArrows(Sema &S, 5573 ArrayRef<FunctionDecl *> OperatorArrows) { 5574 unsigned SkipStart = OperatorArrows.size(), SkipCount = 0; 5575 // FIXME: Make this configurable? 5576 unsigned Limit = 9; 5577 if (OperatorArrows.size() > Limit) { 5578 // Produce Limit-1 normal notes and one 'skipping' note. 5579 SkipStart = (Limit - 1) / 2 + (Limit - 1) % 2; 5580 SkipCount = OperatorArrows.size() - (Limit - 1); 5581 } 5582 5583 for (unsigned I = 0; I < OperatorArrows.size(); /**/) { 5584 if (I == SkipStart) { 5585 S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), 5586 diag::note_operator_arrows_suppressed) 5587 << SkipCount; 5588 I += SkipCount; 5589 } else { 5590 S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), diag::note_operator_arrow_here) 5591 << OperatorArrows[I]->getCallResultType(); 5592 ++I; 5593 } 5594 } 5595 } 5596 5597 ExprResult Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 5598 SourceLocation OpLoc, 5599 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 5600 ParsedType &ObjectType, 5601 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor) { 5602 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs. 5603 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Base); 5604 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 5605 Base = Result.get(); 5606 5607 Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base); 5608 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 5609 Base = Result.get(); 5610 5611 QualType BaseType = Base->getType(); 5612 MayBePseudoDestructor = false; 5613 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) { 5614 // If we have a pointer to a dependent type and are using the -> operator, 5615 // the object type is the type that the pointer points to. We might still 5616 // have enough information about that type to do something useful. 5617 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) 5618 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) 5619 BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5620 5621 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType); 5622 MayBePseudoDestructor = true; 5623 return Base; 5624 } 5625 5626 // C++ [over.match.oper]p8: 5627 // [...] When operator->returns, the operator-> is applied to the value 5628 // returned, with the original second operand. 5629 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) { 5630 QualType StartingType = BaseType; 5631 bool NoArrowOperatorFound = false; 5632 bool FirstIteration = true; 5633 FunctionDecl *CurFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext); 5634 // The set of types we've considered so far. 5635 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType,8> CTypes; 5636 SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 8> OperatorArrows; 5637 CTypes.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType)); 5638 5639 while (BaseType->isRecordType()) { 5640 if (OperatorArrows.size() >= getLangOpts().ArrowDepth) { 5641 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_depth_exceeded) 5642 << StartingType << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth << Base->getSourceRange(); 5643 noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows); 5644 Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_operator_arrow_depth) 5645 << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth; 5646 return ExprError(); 5647 } 5648 5649 Result = BuildOverloadedArrowExpr( 5650 S, Base, OpLoc, 5651 // When in a template specialization and on the first loop iteration, 5652 // potentially give the default diagnostic (with the fixit in a 5653 // separate note) instead of having the error reported back to here 5654 // and giving a diagnostic with a fixit attached to the error itself. 5655 (FirstIteration && CurFD && CurFD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 5656 ? nullptr 5657 : &NoArrowOperatorFound); 5658 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5659 if (NoArrowOperatorFound) { 5660 if (FirstIteration) { 5661 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion) 5662 << BaseType << 1 << Base->getSourceRange() 5663 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "."); 5664 OpKind = tok::period; 5665 break; 5666 } 5667 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow) 5668 << BaseType << Base->getSourceRange(); 5669 CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Base); 5670 if (Decl *CD = (CE ? CE->getCalleeDecl() : nullptr)) { 5671 Diag(CD->getLocStart(), 5672 diag::note_member_reference_arrow_from_operator_arrow); 5673 } 5674 } 5675 return ExprError(); 5676 } 5677 Base = Result.get(); 5678 if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *OpCall = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(Base)) 5679 OperatorArrows.push_back(OpCall->getDirectCallee()); 5680 BaseType = Base->getType(); 5681 CanQualType CBaseType = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType); 5682 if (!CTypes.insert(CBaseType).second) { 5683 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_circular) << StartingType; 5684 noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows); 5685 return ExprError(); 5686 } 5687 FirstIteration = false; 5688 } 5689 5690 if (OpKind == tok::arrow && 5691 (BaseType->isPointerType() || BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) 5692 BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType(); 5693 } 5694 5695 // Objective-C properties allow "." access on Objective-C pointer types, 5696 // so adjust the base type to the object type itself. 5697 if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 5698 BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType(); 5699 5700 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2: 5701 // [...] If the type of the object expression is of pointer to scalar 5702 // type, the unqualified-id is looked up in the context of the complete 5703 // postfix-expression. 5704 // 5705 // This also indicates that we could be parsing a pseudo-destructor-name. 5706 // Note that Objective-C class and object types can be pseudo-destructor 5707 // expressions or normal member (ivar or property) access expressions. 5708 if (BaseType->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) { 5709 MayBePseudoDestructor = true; 5710 } else if (!BaseType->isRecordType()) { 5711 ObjectType = ParsedType(); 5712 MayBePseudoDestructor = true; 5713 return Base; 5714 } 5715 5716 // The object type must be complete (or dependent), or 5717 // C++11 [expr.prim.general]p3: 5718 // Unlike the object expression in other contexts, *this is not required to 5719 // be of complete type for purposes of class member access (5.2.5) outside 5720 // the member function body. 5721 if (!BaseType->isDependentType() && 5722 !isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(BaseType) && 5723 RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType, diag::err_incomplete_member_access)) 5724 return ExprError(); 5725 5726 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2: 5727 // If the id-expression in a class member access (5.2.5) is an 5728 // unqualified-id, and the type of the object expression is of a class 5729 // type C (or of pointer to a class type C), the unqualified-id is looked 5730 // up in the scope of class C. [...] 5731 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType); 5732 return Base; 5733 } 5734 5735 static bool CheckArrow(Sema& S, QualType& ObjectType, Expr *&Base, 5736 tok::TokenKind& OpKind, SourceLocation OpLoc) { 5737 if (Base->hasPlaceholderType()) { 5738 ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base); 5739 if (result.isInvalid()) return true; 5740 Base = result.get(); 5741 } 5742 ObjectType = Base->getType(); 5743 5744 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: 5745 // The left-hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The 5746 // left-hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar type. 5747 // This scalar type is the object type. 5748 // Note that this is rather different from the normal handling for the 5749 // arrow operator. 5750 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) { 5751 if (const PointerType *Ptr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) { 5752 ObjectType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5753 } else if (!Base->isTypeDependent()) { 5754 // The user wrote "p->" when she probably meant "p."; fix it. 5755 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion) 5756 << ObjectType << true 5757 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "."); 5758 if (S.isSFINAEContext()) 5759 return true; 5760 5761 OpKind = tok::period; 5762 } 5763 } 5764 5765 return false; 5766 } 5767 5768 ExprResult Sema::BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 5769 SourceLocation OpLoc, 5770 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 5771 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5772 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo, 5773 SourceLocation CCLoc, 5774 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 5775 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed) { 5776 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = Destructed.getTypeSourceInfo(); 5777 5778 QualType ObjectType; 5779 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) 5780 return ExprError(); 5781 5782 if (!ObjectType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isScalarType() && 5783 !ObjectType->isVectorType()) { 5784 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && ObjectType->isVoidType()) 5785 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_pseudo_dtor_on_void) << Base->getSourceRange(); 5786 else { 5787 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar) 5788 << ObjectType << Base->getSourceRange(); 5789 return ExprError(); 5790 } 5791 } 5792 5793 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: 5794 // [...] The cv-unqualified versions of the object type and of the type 5795 // designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the same type. 5796 if (DestructedTypeInfo) { 5797 QualType DestructedType = DestructedTypeInfo->getType(); 5798 SourceLocation DestructedTypeStart 5799 = DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(); 5800 if (!DestructedType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType()) { 5801 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType, ObjectType)) { 5802 Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch) 5803 << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange() 5804 << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); 5805 5806 // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type. 5807 DestructedType = ObjectType; 5808 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType, 5809 DestructedTypeStart); 5810 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); 5811 } else if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() != 5812 ObjectType.getObjCLifetime()) { 5813 5814 if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5815 // Okay: just pretend that the user provided the correctly-qualified 5816 // type. 5817 } else { 5818 Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_arc_pseudo_dtor_inconstant_quals) 5819 << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange() 5820 << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); 5821 } 5822 5823 // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type. 5824 DestructedType = ObjectType; 5825 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType, 5826 DestructedTypeStart); 5827 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); 5828 } 5829 } 5830 } 5831 5832 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: 5833 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of the 5834 // form 5835 // 5836 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ~ type-name 5837 // 5838 // shall designate the same scalar type. 5839 if (ScopeTypeInfo) { 5840 QualType ScopeType = ScopeTypeInfo->getType(); 5841 if (!ScopeType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType() && 5842 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ScopeType, ObjectType)) { 5843 5844 Diag(ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(), 5845 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch) 5846 << ObjectType << ScopeType << Base->getSourceRange() 5847 << ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); 5848 5849 ScopeType = QualType(); 5850 ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr; 5851 } 5852 } 5853 5854 Expr *Result 5855 = new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, Base, 5856 OpKind == tok::arrow, OpLoc, 5857 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), 5858 ScopeTypeInfo, 5859 CCLoc, 5860 TildeLoc, 5861 Destructed); 5862 5863 return Result; 5864 } 5865 5866 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 5867 SourceLocation OpLoc, 5868 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 5869 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5870 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 5871 SourceLocation CCLoc, 5872 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 5873 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName) { 5874 assert((FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId || 5875 FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) && 5876 "Invalid first type name in pseudo-destructor"); 5877 assert((SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId || 5878 SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) && 5879 "Invalid second type name in pseudo-destructor"); 5880 5881 QualType ObjectType; 5882 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) 5883 return ExprError(); 5884 5885 // Compute the object type that we should use for name lookup purposes. Only 5886 // record types and dependent types matter. 5887 ParsedType ObjectTypePtrForLookup; 5888 if (!SS.isSet()) { 5889 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 5890 ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(ObjectType); 5891 else if (ObjectType->isDependentType()) 5892 ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(Context.DependentTy); 5893 } 5894 5895 // Convert the name of the type being destructed (following the ~) into a 5896 // type (with source-location information). 5897 QualType DestructedType; 5898 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = nullptr; 5899 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed; 5900 if (SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5901 ParsedType T = getTypeName(*SecondTypeName.Identifier, 5902 SecondTypeName.StartLocation, 5903 S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup); 5904 if (!T && 5905 ((SS.isSet() && !computeDeclContext(SS, false)) || 5906 (!SS.isSet() && ObjectType->isDependentType()))) { 5907 // The name of the type being destroyed is a dependent name, and we 5908 // couldn't find anything useful in scope. Just store the identifier and 5909 // it's location, and we'll perform (qualified) name lookup again at 5910 // template instantiation time. 5911 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(SecondTypeName.Identifier, 5912 SecondTypeName.StartLocation); 5913 } else if (!T) { 5914 Diag(SecondTypeName.StartLocation, 5915 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type) 5916 << SecondTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType; 5917 if (isSFINAEContext()) 5918 return ExprError(); 5919 5920 // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along. 5921 DestructedType = ObjectType; 5922 } else 5923 DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &DestructedTypeInfo); 5924 } else { 5925 // Resolve the template-id to a type. 5926 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = SecondTypeName.TemplateId; 5927 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 5928 TemplateId->NumArgs); 5929 TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS, 5930 TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc, 5931 TemplateId->Template, 5932 TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc, 5933 TemplateId->LAngleLoc, 5934 TemplateArgsPtr, 5935 TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 5936 if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) { 5937 // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along. 5938 DestructedType = ObjectType; 5939 } else 5940 DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &DestructedTypeInfo); 5941 } 5942 5943 // If we've performed some kind of recovery, (re-)build the type source 5944 // information. 5945 if (!DestructedType.isNull()) { 5946 if (!DestructedTypeInfo) 5947 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(DestructedType, 5948 SecondTypeName.StartLocation); 5949 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); 5950 } 5951 5952 // Convert the name of the scope type (the type prior to '::') into a type. 5953 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr; 5954 QualType ScopeType; 5955 if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId || 5956 FirstTypeName.Identifier) { 5957 if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5958 ParsedType T = getTypeName(*FirstTypeName.Identifier, 5959 FirstTypeName.StartLocation, 5960 S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup); 5961 if (!T) { 5962 Diag(FirstTypeName.StartLocation, 5963 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type) 5964 << FirstTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType; 5965 5966 if (isSFINAEContext()) 5967 return ExprError(); 5968 5969 // Just drop this type. It's unnecessary anyway. 5970 ScopeType = QualType(); 5971 } else 5972 ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &ScopeTypeInfo); 5973 } else { 5974 // Resolve the template-id to a type. 5975 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = FirstTypeName.TemplateId; 5976 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 5977 TemplateId->NumArgs); 5978 TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS, 5979 TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc, 5980 TemplateId->Template, 5981 TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc, 5982 TemplateId->LAngleLoc, 5983 TemplateArgsPtr, 5984 TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 5985 if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) { 5986 // Recover by dropping this type. 5987 ScopeType = QualType(); 5988 } else 5989 ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &ScopeTypeInfo); 5990 } 5991 } 5992 5993 if (!ScopeType.isNull() && !ScopeTypeInfo) 5994 ScopeTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ScopeType, 5995 FirstTypeName.StartLocation); 5996 5997 5998 return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, SS, 5999 ScopeTypeInfo, CCLoc, TildeLoc, 6000 Destructed); 6001 } 6002 6003 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 6004 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6005 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 6006 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 6007 const DeclSpec& DS) { 6008 QualType ObjectType; 6009 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) 6010 return ExprError(); 6011 6012 QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), 6013 false); 6014 6015 TypeLocBuilder TLB; 6016 DecltypeTypeLoc DecltypeTL = TLB.push<DecltypeTypeLoc>(T); 6017 DecltypeTL.setNameLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 6018 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T); 6019 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed(DestructedTypeInfo); 6020 6021 return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, CXXScopeSpec(), 6022 nullptr, SourceLocation(), TildeLoc, 6023 Destructed); 6024 } 6025 6026 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *E, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 6027 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 6028 bool HadMultipleCandidates) { 6029 if (Method->getParent()->isLambda() && 6030 Method->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType()) { 6031 // This is a lambda coversion to block pointer; check if the argument 6032 // is a LambdaExpr. 6033 Expr *SubE = E; 6034 CastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(SubE); 6035 if (CE && CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 6036 SubE = CE->getSubExpr(); 6037 SubE = SubE->IgnoreParens(); 6038 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(SubE)) 6039 SubE = BE->getSubExpr(); 6040 if (isa<LambdaExpr>(SubE)) { 6041 // For the conversion to block pointer on a lambda expression, we 6042 // construct a special BlockLiteral instead; this doesn't really make 6043 // a difference in ARC, but outside of ARC the resulting block literal 6044 // follows the normal lifetime rules for block literals instead of being 6045 // autoreleased. 6046 DiagnosticErrorTrap Trap(Diags); 6047 ExprResult Exp = BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(E->getExprLoc(), 6048 E->getExprLoc(), 6049 Method, E); 6050 if (Exp.isInvalid()) 6051 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_lambda_to_block_conv); 6052 return Exp; 6053 } 6054 } 6055 6056 ExprResult Exp = PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(E, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, 6057 FoundDecl, Method); 6058 if (Exp.isInvalid()) 6059 return true; 6060 6061 MemberExpr *ME = new (Context) MemberExpr( 6062 Exp.get(), /*IsArrow=*/false, SourceLocation(), Method, SourceLocation(), 6063 Context.BoundMemberTy, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary); 6064 if (HadMultipleCandidates) 6065 ME->setHadMultipleCandidates(true); 6066 MarkMemberReferenced(ME); 6067 6068 QualType ResultType = Method->getReturnType(); 6069 ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultType); 6070 ResultType = ResultType.getNonLValueExprType(Context); 6071 6072 CXXMemberCallExpr *CE = 6073 new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, ME, None, ResultType, VK, 6074 Exp.get()->getLocEnd()); 6075 return CE; 6076 } 6077 6078 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 6079 SourceLocation RParen) { 6080 // If the operand is an unresolved lookup expression, the expression is ill- 6081 // formed per [over.over]p1, because overloaded function names cannot be used 6082 // without arguments except in explicit contexts. 6083 ExprResult R = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Operand); 6084 if (R.isInvalid()) 6085 return R; 6086 6087 // The operand may have been modified when checking the placeholder type. 6088 Operand = R.get(); 6089 6090 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && 6091 Operand->HasSideEffects(Context, false)) { 6092 // The expression operand for noexcept is in an unevaluated expression 6093 // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences. 6094 Diag(Operand->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context); 6095 } 6096 6097 CanThrowResult CanThrow = canThrow(Operand); 6098 return new (Context) 6099 CXXNoexceptExpr(Context.BoolTy, Operand, CanThrow, KeyLoc, RParen); 6100 } 6101 6102 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation, 6103 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen) { 6104 return BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(KeyLoc, Operand, RParen); 6105 } 6106 6107 static bool IsSpecialDiscardedValue(Expr *E) { 6108 // In C++11, discarded-value expressions of a certain form are special, 6109 // according to [expr]p10: 6110 // The lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1) is applied only if the 6111 // expression is an lvalue of volatile-qualified type and it has 6112 // one of the following forms: 6113 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 6114 6115 // - id-expression (5.1.1), 6116 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E)) 6117 return true; 6118 6119 // - subscripting (5.2.1), 6120 if (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)) 6121 return true; 6122 6123 // - class member access (5.2.5), 6124 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) 6125 return true; 6126 6127 // - indirection (5.3.1), 6128 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) 6129 if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) 6130 return true; 6131 6132 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 6133 // - pointer-to-member operation (5.5), 6134 if (BO->isPtrMemOp()) 6135 return true; 6136 6137 // - comma expression (5.18) where the right operand is one of the above. 6138 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) 6139 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BO->getRHS()); 6140 } 6141 6142 // - conditional expression (5.16) where both the second and the third 6143 // operands are one of the above, or 6144 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) 6145 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getTrueExpr()) && 6146 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 6147 // The related edge case of "*x ?: *x". 6148 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 6149 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 6150 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(BCO->getTrueExpr())) 6151 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()) && 6152 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 6153 } 6154 6155 // Objective-C++ extensions to the rule. 6156 if (isa<PseudoObjectExpr>(E) || isa<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E)) 6157 return true; 6158 6159 return false; 6160 } 6161 6162 /// Perform the conversions required for an expression used in a 6163 /// context that ignores the result. 6164 ExprResult Sema::IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E) { 6165 if (E->hasPlaceholderType()) { 6166 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); 6167 if (result.isInvalid()) return E; 6168 E = result.get(); 6169 } 6170 6171 // C99 6.3.2.1: 6172 // [Except in specific positions,] an lvalue that does not have 6173 // array type is converted to the value stored in the 6174 // designated object (and is no longer an lvalue). 6175 if (E->isRValue()) { 6176 // In C, function designators (i.e. expressions of function type) 6177 // are r-values, but we still want to do function-to-pointer decay 6178 // on them. This is both technically correct and convenient for 6179 // some clients. 6180 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->getType()->isFunctionType()) 6181 return DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E); 6182 6183 return E; 6184 } 6185 6186 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6187 // The C++11 standard defines the notion of a discarded-value expression; 6188 // normally, we don't need to do anything to handle it, but if it is a 6189 // volatile lvalue with a special form, we perform an lvalue-to-rvalue 6190 // conversion. 6191 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && E->isGLValue() && 6192 E->getType().isVolatileQualified() && 6193 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(E)) { 6194 ExprResult Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(E); 6195 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6196 return E; 6197 E = Res.get(); 6198 } 6199 return E; 6200 } 6201 6202 // GCC seems to also exclude expressions of incomplete enum type. 6203 if (const EnumType *T = E->getType()->getAs<EnumType>()) { 6204 if (!T->getDecl()->isComplete()) { 6205 // FIXME: stupid workaround for a codegen bug! 6206 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid).get(); 6207 return E; 6208 } 6209 } 6210 6211 ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E); 6212 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6213 return E; 6214 E = Res.get(); 6215 6216 if (!E->getType()->isVoidType()) 6217 RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(), 6218 diag::err_incomplete_type); 6219 return E; 6220 } 6221 6222 // If we can unambiguously determine whether Var can never be used 6223 // in a constant expression, return true. 6224 // - if the variable and its initializer are non-dependent, then 6225 // we can unambiguously check if the variable is a constant expression. 6226 // - if the initializer is not value dependent - we can determine whether 6227 // it can be used to initialize a constant expression. If Init can not 6228 // be used to initialize a constant expression we conclude that Var can 6229 // never be a constant expression. 6230 // - FXIME: if the initializer is dependent, we can still do some analysis and 6231 // identify certain cases unambiguously as non-const by using a Visitor: 6232 // - such as those that involve odr-use of a ParmVarDecl, involve a new 6233 // delete, lambda-expr, dynamic-cast, reinterpret-cast etc... 6234 static inline bool VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(VarDecl *Var, 6235 ASTContext &Context) { 6236 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var)) return true; 6237 const VarDecl *DefVD = nullptr; 6238 6239 // If there is no initializer - this can not be a constant expression. 6240 if (!Var->getAnyInitializer(DefVD)) return true; 6241 assert(DefVD); 6242 if (DefVD->isWeak()) return false; 6243 EvaluatedStmt *Eval = DefVD->ensureEvaluatedStmt(); 6244 6245 Expr *Init = cast<Expr>(Eval->Value); 6246 6247 if (Var->getType()->isDependentType() || Init->isValueDependent()) { 6248 // FIXME: Teach the constant evaluator to deal with the non-dependent parts 6249 // of value-dependent expressions, and use it here to determine whether the 6250 // initializer is a potential constant expression. 6251 return false; 6252 } 6253 6254 return !IsVariableAConstantExpression(Var, Context); 6255 } 6256 6257 /// \brief Check if the current lambda has any potential captures 6258 /// that must be captured by any of its enclosing lambdas that are ready to 6259 /// capture. If there is a lambda that can capture a nested 6260 /// potential-capture, go ahead and do so. Also, check to see if any 6261 /// variables are uncaptureable or do not involve an odr-use so do not 6262 /// need to be captured. 6263 6264 static void CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures( 6265 Expr *const FE, LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI, Sema &S) { 6266 6267 assert(!S.isUnevaluatedContext()); 6268 assert(S.CurContext->isDependentContext()); 6269 assert(CurrentLSI->CallOperator == S.CurContext && 6270 "The current call operator must be synchronized with Sema's CurContext"); 6271 6272 const bool IsFullExprInstantiationDependent = FE->isInstantiationDependent(); 6273 6274 ArrayRef<const FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopesArrayRef( 6275 S.FunctionScopes.data(), S.FunctionScopes.size()); 6276 6277 // All the potentially captureable variables in the current nested 6278 // lambda (within a generic outer lambda), must be captured by an 6279 // outer lambda that is enclosed within a non-dependent context. 6280 const unsigned NumPotentialCaptures = 6281 CurrentLSI->getNumPotentialVariableCaptures(); 6282 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumPotentialCaptures; ++I) { 6283 Expr *VarExpr = nullptr; 6284 VarDecl *Var = nullptr; 6285 CurrentLSI->getPotentialVariableCapture(I, Var, VarExpr); 6286 // If the variable is clearly identified as non-odr-used and the full 6287 // expression is not instantiation dependent, only then do we not 6288 // need to check enclosing lambda's for speculative captures. 6289 // For e.g.: 6290 // Even though 'x' is not odr-used, it should be captured. 6291 // int test() { 6292 // const int x = 10; 6293 // auto L = [=](auto a) { 6294 // (void) +x + a; 6295 // }; 6296 // } 6297 if (CurrentLSI->isVariableExprMarkedAsNonODRUsed(VarExpr) && 6298 !IsFullExprInstantiationDependent) 6299 continue; 6300 6301 // If we have a capture-capable lambda for the variable, go ahead and 6302 // capture the variable in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas). 6303 if (const Optional<unsigned> Index = 6304 getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda( 6305 FunctionScopesArrayRef, Var, S)) { 6306 const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue(); 6307 MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, VarExpr->getExprLoc(), S, 6308 &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda); 6309 } 6310 const bool IsVarNeverAConstantExpression = 6311 VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(Var, S.Context); 6312 if (!IsFullExprInstantiationDependent || IsVarNeverAConstantExpression) { 6313 // This full expression is not instantiation dependent or the variable 6314 // can not be used in a constant expression - which means 6315 // this variable must be odr-used here, so diagnose a 6316 // capture violation early, if the variable is un-captureable. 6317 // This is purely for diagnosing errors early. Otherwise, this 6318 // error would get diagnosed when the lambda becomes capture ready. 6319 QualType CaptureType, DeclRefType; 6320 SourceLocation ExprLoc = VarExpr->getExprLoc(); 6321 if (S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit, 6322 /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(), 6323 /*BuildAndDiagnose*/false, CaptureType, 6324 DeclRefType, nullptr)) { 6325 // We will never be able to capture this variable, and we need 6326 // to be able to in any and all instantiations, so diagnose it. 6327 S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit, 6328 /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(), 6329 /*BuildAndDiagnose*/true, CaptureType, 6330 DeclRefType, nullptr); 6331 } 6332 } 6333 } 6334 6335 // Check if 'this' needs to be captured. 6336 if (CurrentLSI->hasPotentialThisCapture()) { 6337 // If we have a capture-capable lambda for 'this', go ahead and capture 6338 // 'this' in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas). 6339 if (const Optional<unsigned> Index = 6340 getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda( 6341 FunctionScopesArrayRef, /*0 is 'this'*/ nullptr, S)) { 6342 const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue(); 6343 S.CheckCXXThisCapture(CurrentLSI->PotentialThisCaptureLocation, 6344 /*Explicit*/ false, /*BuildAndDiagnose*/ true, 6345 &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda); 6346 } 6347 } 6348 6349 // Reset all the potential captures at the end of each full-expression. 6350 CurrentLSI->clearPotentialCaptures(); 6351 } 6352 6353 static ExprResult attemptRecovery(Sema &SemaRef, 6354 const TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer, 6355 TypoCorrection TC) { 6356 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupNameInfo(), 6357 Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupKind()); 6358 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = Consumer.getSS(); 6359 CXXScopeSpec NewSS; 6360 6361 // Use an approprate CXXScopeSpec for building the expr. 6362 if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 6363 NewSS.MakeTrivial(SemaRef.Context, NNS, TC.getCorrectionRange()); 6364 else if (SS && !TC.WillReplaceSpecifier()) 6365 NewSS = *SS; 6366 6367 if (auto *ND = TC.getCorrectionDecl()) { 6368 R.setLookupName(ND->getDeclName()); 6369 R.addDecl(ND); 6370 if (ND->isCXXClassMember()) { 6371 // Figure out the correct naming class to add to the LookupResult. 6372 CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 6373 if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 6374 Record = NNS->getAsType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 6375 if (!Record) 6376 Record = 6377 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()); 6378 if (Record) 6379 R.setNamingClass(Record); 6380 6381 // Detect and handle the case where the decl might be an implicit 6382 // member. 6383 bool MightBeImplicitMember; 6384 if (!Consumer.isAddressOfOperand()) 6385 MightBeImplicitMember = true; 6386 else if (!NewSS.isEmpty()) 6387 MightBeImplicitMember = false; 6388 else if (R.isOverloadedResult()) 6389 MightBeImplicitMember = false; 6390 else if (R.isUnresolvableResult()) 6391 MightBeImplicitMember = true; 6392 else 6393 MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(ND) || 6394 isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(ND) || 6395 isa<MSPropertyDecl>(ND); 6396 6397 if (MightBeImplicitMember) 6398 return SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr( 6399 NewSS, /*TemplateKWLoc*/ SourceLocation(), R, 6400 /*TemplateArgs*/ nullptr); 6401 } else if (auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) { 6402 return SemaRef.LookupInObjCMethod(R, Consumer.getScope(), 6403 Ivar->getIdentifier()); 6404 } 6405 } 6406 6407 return SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(NewSS, R, /*NeedsADL*/ false, 6408 /*AcceptInvalidDecl*/ true); 6409 } 6410 6411 namespace { 6412 class FindTypoExprs : public RecursiveASTVisitor<FindTypoExprs> { 6413 llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs; 6414 6415 public: 6416 explicit FindTypoExprs(llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs) 6417 : TypoExprs(TypoExprs) {} 6418 bool VisitTypoExpr(TypoExpr *TE) { 6419 TypoExprs.insert(TE); 6420 return true; 6421 } 6422 }; 6423 6424 class TransformTypos : public TreeTransform<TransformTypos> { 6425 typedef TreeTransform<TransformTypos> BaseTransform; 6426 6427 VarDecl *InitDecl; // A decl to avoid as a correction because it is in the 6428 // process of being initialized. 6429 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> ExprFilter; 6430 llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> TypoExprs, AmbiguousTypoExprs; 6431 llvm::SmallDenseMap<TypoExpr *, ExprResult, 2> TransformCache; 6432 llvm::SmallDenseMap<OverloadExpr *, Expr *, 4> OverloadResolution; 6433 6434 /// \brief Emit diagnostics for all of the TypoExprs encountered. 6435 /// If the TypoExprs were successfully corrected, then the diagnostics should 6436 /// suggest the corrections. Otherwise the diagnostics will not suggest 6437 /// anything (having been passed an empty TypoCorrection). 6438 void EmitAllDiagnostics() { 6439 for (auto E : TypoExprs) { 6440 TypoExpr *TE = cast<TypoExpr>(E); 6441 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); 6442 if (State.DiagHandler) { 6443 TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getCurrentCorrection(); 6444 ExprResult Replacement = TransformCache[TE]; 6445 6446 // Extract the NamedDecl from the transformed TypoExpr and add it to the 6447 // TypoCorrection, replacing the existing decls. This ensures the right 6448 // NamedDecl is used in diagnostics e.g. in the case where overload 6449 // resolution was used to select one from several possible decls that 6450 // had been stored in the TypoCorrection. 6451 if (auto *ND = getDeclFromExpr( 6452 Replacement.isInvalid() ? nullptr : Replacement.get())) 6453 TC.setCorrectionDecl(ND); 6454 6455 State.DiagHandler(TC); 6456 } 6457 SemaRef.clearDelayedTypo(TE); 6458 } 6459 } 6460 6461 /// \brief If corrections for the first TypoExpr have been exhausted for a 6462 /// given combination of the other TypoExprs, retry those corrections against 6463 /// the next combination of substitutions for the other TypoExprs by advancing 6464 /// to the next potential correction of the second TypoExpr. For the second 6465 /// and subsequent TypoExprs, if its stream of corrections has been exhausted, 6466 /// the stream is reset and the next TypoExpr's stream is advanced by one (a 6467 /// TypoExpr's correction stream is advanced by removing the TypoExpr from the 6468 /// TransformCache). Returns true if there is still any untried combinations 6469 /// of corrections. 6470 bool CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams() { 6471 for (auto TE : TypoExprs) { 6472 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); 6473 TransformCache.erase(TE); 6474 if (!State.Consumer->finished()) 6475 return true; 6476 State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream(); 6477 } 6478 return false; 6479 } 6480 6481 NamedDecl *getDeclFromExpr(Expr *E) { 6482 if (auto *OE = dyn_cast_or_null<OverloadExpr>(E)) 6483 E = OverloadResolution[OE]; 6484 6485 if (!E) 6486 return nullptr; 6487 if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) 6488 return DRE->getDecl(); 6489 if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) 6490 return ME->getMemberDecl(); 6491 // FIXME: Add any other expr types that could be be seen by the delayed typo 6492 // correction TreeTransform for which the corresponding TypoCorrection could 6493 // contain multiple decls. 6494 return nullptr; 6495 } 6496 6497 ExprResult TryTransform(Expr *E) { 6498 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 6499 ExprResult Res = TransformExpr(E); 6500 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred() || Res.isInvalid()) 6501 return ExprError(); 6502 6503 return ExprFilter(Res.get()); 6504 } 6505 6506 public: 6507 TransformTypos(Sema &SemaRef, VarDecl *InitDecl, llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) 6508 : BaseTransform(SemaRef), InitDecl(InitDecl), ExprFilter(Filter) {} 6509 6510 ExprResult RebuildCallExpr(Expr *Callee, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6511 MultiExprArg Args, 6512 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6513 Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr) { 6514 auto Result = BaseTransform::RebuildCallExpr(Callee, LParenLoc, Args, 6515 RParenLoc, ExecConfig); 6516 if (auto *OE = dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(Callee)) { 6517 if (Result.isUsable()) { 6518 Expr *ResultCall = Result.get(); 6519 if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(ResultCall)) 6520 ResultCall = BE->getSubExpr(); 6521 if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(ResultCall)) 6522 OverloadResolution[OE] = CE->getCallee(); 6523 } 6524 } 6525 return Result; 6526 } 6527 6528 ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) { return Owned(E); } 6529 6530 ExprResult Transform(Expr *E) { 6531 ExprResult Res; 6532 while (true) { 6533 Res = TryTransform(E); 6534 6535 // Exit if either the transform was valid or if there were no TypoExprs 6536 // to transform that still have any untried correction candidates.. 6537 if (!Res.isInvalid() || 6538 !CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams()) 6539 break; 6540 } 6541 6542 // Ensure none of the TypoExprs have multiple typo correction candidates 6543 // with the same edit length that pass all the checks and filters. 6544 // TODO: Properly handle various permutations of possible corrections when 6545 // there is more than one potentially ambiguous typo correction. 6546 // Also, disable typo correction while attempting the transform when 6547 // handling potentially ambiguous typo corrections as any new TypoExprs will 6548 // have been introduced by the application of one of the correction 6549 // candidates and add little to no value if corrected. 6550 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true; 6551 while (!AmbiguousTypoExprs.empty()) { 6552 auto TE = AmbiguousTypoExprs.back(); 6553 auto Cached = TransformCache[TE]; 6554 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); 6555 State.Consumer->saveCurrentPosition(); 6556 TransformCache.erase(TE); 6557 if (!TryTransform(E).isInvalid()) { 6558 State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream(); 6559 TransformCache.erase(TE); 6560 Res = ExprError(); 6561 break; 6562 } 6563 AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(TE); 6564 State.Consumer->restoreSavedPosition(); 6565 TransformCache[TE] = Cached; 6566 } 6567 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = false; 6568 6569 // Ensure that all of the TypoExprs within the current Expr have been found. 6570 if (!Res.isUsable()) 6571 FindTypoExprs(TypoExprs).TraverseStmt(E); 6572 6573 EmitAllDiagnostics(); 6574 6575 return Res; 6576 } 6577 6578 ExprResult TransformTypoExpr(TypoExpr *E) { 6579 // If the TypoExpr hasn't been seen before, record it. Otherwise, return the 6580 // cached transformation result if there is one and the TypoExpr isn't the 6581 // first one that was encountered. 6582 auto &CacheEntry = TransformCache[E]; 6583 if (!TypoExprs.insert(E) && !CacheEntry.isUnset()) { 6584 return CacheEntry; 6585 } 6586 6587 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(E); 6588 assert(State.Consumer && "Cannot transform a cleared TypoExpr"); 6589 6590 // For the first TypoExpr and an uncached TypoExpr, find the next likely 6591 // typo correction and return it. 6592 while (TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getNextCorrection()) { 6593 if (InitDecl && TC.getCorrectionDecl() == InitDecl) 6594 continue; 6595 ExprResult NE = State.RecoveryHandler ? 6596 State.RecoveryHandler(SemaRef, E, TC) : 6597 attemptRecovery(SemaRef, *State.Consumer, TC); 6598 if (!NE.isInvalid()) { 6599 // Check whether there may be a second viable correction with the same 6600 // edit distance; if so, remember this TypoExpr may have an ambiguous 6601 // correction so it can be more thoroughly vetted later. 6602 TypoCorrection Next; 6603 if ((Next = State.Consumer->peekNextCorrection()) && 6604 Next.getEditDistance(false) == TC.getEditDistance(false)) { 6605 AmbiguousTypoExprs.insert(E); 6606 } else { 6607 AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(E); 6608 } 6609 assert(!NE.isUnset() && 6610 "Typo was transformed into a valid-but-null ExprResult"); 6611 return CacheEntry = NE; 6612 } 6613 } 6614 return CacheEntry = ExprError(); 6615 } 6616 }; 6617 } 6618 6619 ExprResult 6620 Sema::CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl, 6621 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) { 6622 // If the current evaluation context indicates there are uncorrected typos 6623 // and the current expression isn't guaranteed to not have typos, try to 6624 // resolve any TypoExpr nodes that might be in the expression. 6625 if (E && !ExprEvalContexts.empty() && ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos && 6626 (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent() || 6627 E->isInstantiationDependent())) { 6628 auto TyposInContext = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos; 6629 assert(TyposInContext < ~0U && "Recursive call of CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr"); 6630 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = ~0U; 6631 auto TyposResolved = DelayedTypos.size(); 6632 auto Result = TransformTypos(*this, InitDecl, Filter).Transform(E); 6633 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = TyposInContext; 6634 TyposResolved -= DelayedTypos.size(); 6635 if (Result.isInvalid() || Result.get() != E) { 6636 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos -= TyposResolved; 6637 return Result; 6638 } 6639 assert(TyposResolved == 0 && "Corrected typo but got same Expr back?"); 6640 } 6641 return E; 6642 } 6643 6644 ExprResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *FE, SourceLocation CC, 6645 bool DiscardedValue, 6646 bool IsConstexpr, 6647 bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer) { 6648 ExprResult FullExpr = FE; 6649 6650 if (!FullExpr.get()) 6651 return ExprError(); 6652 6653 // If we are an init-expression in a lambdas init-capture, we should not 6654 // diagnose an unexpanded pack now (will be diagnosed once lambda-expr 6655 // containing full-expression is done). 6656 // template<class ... Ts> void test(Ts ... t) { 6657 // test([&a(t)]() { <-- (t) is an init-expr that shouldn't be diagnosed now. 6658 // return a; 6659 // }() ...); 6660 // } 6661 // FIXME: This is a hack. It would be better if we pushed the lambda scope 6662 // when we parse the lambda introducer, and teach capturing (but not 6663 // unexpanded pack detection) to walk over LambdaScopeInfos which don't have a 6664 // corresponding class yet (that is, have LambdaScopeInfo either represent a 6665 // lambda where we've entered the introducer but not the body, or represent a 6666 // lambda where we've entered the body, depending on where the 6667 // parser/instantiation has got to). 6668 if (!IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer && 6669 DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(FullExpr.get())) 6670 return ExprError(); 6671 6672 // Top-level expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 6673 if (DiscardedValue && getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 6674 FullExpr.get()->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 6675 FullExpr = forceUnknownAnyToType(FullExpr.get(), Context.getObjCIdType()); 6676 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 6677 return ExprError(); 6678 } 6679 6680 if (DiscardedValue) { 6681 FullExpr = CheckPlaceholderExpr(FullExpr.get()); 6682 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 6683 return ExprError(); 6684 6685 FullExpr = IgnoredValueConversions(FullExpr.get()); 6686 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 6687 return ExprError(); 6688 } 6689 6690 FullExpr = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(FullExpr.get()); 6691 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 6692 return ExprError(); 6693 6694 CheckCompletedExpr(FullExpr.get(), CC, IsConstexpr); 6695 6696 // At the end of this full expression (which could be a deeply nested 6697 // lambda), if there is a potential capture within the nested lambda, 6698 // have the outer capture-able lambda try and capture it. 6699 // Consider the following code: 6700 // void f(int, int); 6701 // void f(const int&, double); 6702 // void foo() { 6703 // const int x = 10, y = 20; 6704 // auto L = [=](auto a) { 6705 // auto M = [=](auto b) { 6706 // f(x, b); <-- requires x to be captured by L and M 6707 // f(y, a); <-- requires y to be captured by L, but not all Ms 6708 // }; 6709 // }; 6710 // } 6711 6712 // FIXME: Also consider what happens for something like this that involves 6713 // the gnu-extension statement-expressions or even lambda-init-captures: 6714 // void f() { 6715 // const int n = 0; 6716 // auto L = [&](auto a) { 6717 // +n + ({ 0; a; }); 6718 // }; 6719 // } 6720 // 6721 // Here, we see +n, and then the full-expression 0; ends, so we don't 6722 // capture n (and instead remove it from our list of potential captures), 6723 // and then the full-expression +n + ({ 0; }); ends, but it's too late 6724 // for us to see that we need to capture n after all. 6725 6726 LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI = getCurLambda(); 6727 // FIXME: PR 17877 showed that getCurLambda() can return a valid pointer 6728 // even if CurContext is not a lambda call operator. Refer to that Bug Report 6729 // for an example of the code that might cause this asynchrony. 6730 // By ensuring we are in the context of a lambda's call operator 6731 // we can fix the bug (we only need to check whether we need to capture 6732 // if we are within a lambda's body); but per the comments in that 6733 // PR, a proper fix would entail : 6734 // "Alternative suggestion: 6735 // - Add to Sema an integer holding the smallest (outermost) scope 6736 // index that we are *lexically* within, and save/restore/set to 6737 // FunctionScopes.size() in InstantiatingTemplate's 6738 // constructor/destructor. 6739 // - Teach the handful of places that iterate over FunctionScopes to 6740 // stop at the outermost enclosing lexical scope." 6741 const bool IsInLambdaDeclContext = isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext); 6742 if (IsInLambdaDeclContext && CurrentLSI && 6743 CurrentLSI->hasPotentialCaptures() && !FullExpr.isInvalid()) 6744 CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(FE, CurrentLSI, 6745 *this); 6746 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(FullExpr); 6747 } 6748 6749 StmtResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *FullStmt) { 6750 if (!FullStmt) return StmtError(); 6751 6752 return MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(FullStmt); 6753 } 6754 6755 Sema::IfExistsResult 6756 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, 6757 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6758 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo) { 6759 DeclarationName TargetName = TargetNameInfo.getName(); 6760 if (!TargetName) 6761 return IER_DoesNotExist; 6762 6763 // If the name itself is dependent, then the result is dependent. 6764 if (TargetName.isDependentName()) 6765 return IER_Dependent; 6766 6767 // Do the redeclaration lookup in the current scope. 6768 LookupResult R(*this, TargetNameInfo, Sema::LookupAnyName, 6769 Sema::NotForRedeclaration); 6770 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 6771 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 6772 6773 switch (R.getResultKind()) { 6774 case LookupResult::Found: 6775 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 6776 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 6777 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 6778 return IER_Exists; 6779 6780 case LookupResult::NotFound: 6781 return IER_DoesNotExist; 6782 6783 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 6784 return IER_Dependent; 6785 } 6786 6787 llvm_unreachable("Invalid LookupResult Kind!"); 6788 } 6789 6790 Sema::IfExistsResult 6791 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 6792 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6793 UnqualifiedId &Name) { 6794 DeclarationNameInfo TargetNameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name); 6795 6796 // Check for unexpanded parameter packs. 6797 SmallVector<UnexpandedParameterPack, 4> Unexpanded; 6798 collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(SS, Unexpanded); 6799 collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TargetNameInfo, Unexpanded); 6800 if (!Unexpanded.empty()) { 6801 DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(KeywordLoc, 6802 IsIfExists? UPPC_IfExists 6803 : UPPC_IfNotExists, 6804 Unexpanded); 6805 return IER_Error; 6806 } 6807 6808 return CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(S, SS, TargetNameInfo); 6809 } 6810